1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1093 return Result; 1094 } 1095 1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1097 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1098 } 1099 1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1102 /// 1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1105 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1106 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1107 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1108 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1109 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1110 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1111 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1112 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1113 // namespace. 1114 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1115 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1116 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1117 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1118 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1119 1120 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1121 1122 #ifndef NDEBUG 1123 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1124 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1125 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1126 #endif 1127 1128 CurContext = DC; 1129 S->setEntity(DC); 1130 } 1131 1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1133 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1134 1135 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1136 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1137 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1138 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1139 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1140 1141 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1142 // disappear. 1143 } 1144 1145 1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1147 // We assume that the caller has already called 1148 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1149 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1150 if (!FD) 1151 return; 1152 1153 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1154 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1155 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1156 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1157 CurContext = FD; 1158 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1159 1160 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1161 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1162 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1163 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1164 S->AddDecl(Param); 1165 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1166 } 1167 } 1168 } 1169 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1182 /// 1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1188 /// attribute. 1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1190 ASTContext &Context) { 1191 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1192 return true; 1193 1194 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1195 return true; 1196 1197 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1198 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1199 } 1200 1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1203 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1204 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1205 // scope. 1206 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1207 S = S->getParent(); 1208 1209 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1210 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1211 // into any context. 1212 if (AddToContext) 1213 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1214 1215 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1216 // are function-local declarations. 1217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1218 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1219 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1220 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1221 return; 1222 1223 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1224 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1225 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1226 return; 1227 1228 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1229 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1230 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1231 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1232 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1233 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 1236 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 } 1240 1241 S->AddDecl(D); 1242 1243 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1244 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1245 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1246 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1247 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1248 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1249 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1250 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1251 continue; 1252 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1253 break; 1254 } 1255 1256 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1257 } else { 1258 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1259 } 1260 } 1261 1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1263 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1264 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1265 } 1266 1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1268 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1269 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1270 } 1271 1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1273 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1274 do { 1275 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1276 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1277 return S; 1278 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1279 1280 return nullptr; 1281 } 1282 1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1284 DeclContext*, 1285 ASTContext&); 1286 1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1290 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1291 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1292 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1293 while (F.hasNext()) { 1294 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1295 1296 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1297 continue; 1298 1299 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1300 continue; 1301 1302 F.erase(); 1303 } 1304 1305 F.done(); 1306 } 1307 1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1309 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1312 } 1313 1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1316 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1317 while (F.hasNext()) 1318 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1319 F.erase(); 1320 1321 F.done(); 1322 } 1323 1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1325 /// @code 1326 /// class S { 1327 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// }; 1330 /// @endcode 1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1332 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1333 // the decl here. 1334 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1338 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1339 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1340 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1341 return false; 1342 } 1343 1344 // We need this to handle 1345 // 1346 // typedef struct { 1347 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1348 // } A; 1349 // 1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1355 // not. 1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1357 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1358 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1359 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1360 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1361 return true; 1362 } 1363 DC = DC->getParent(); 1364 } 1365 1366 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1367 } 1368 1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1370 // these semantics. 1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1372 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1373 return false; 1374 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1375 } 1376 1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1378 assert(D); 1379 1380 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1381 return false; 1382 1383 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1384 // of members of class templates. 1385 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1386 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1390 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1394 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1395 return false; 1396 } else { 1397 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1398 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1399 return false; 1400 } 1401 1402 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1403 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1404 return false; 1405 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1407 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1408 // like "inline".) 1409 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1410 return false; 1411 1412 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1413 return false; 1414 1415 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1416 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1417 return false; 1418 } else { 1419 return false; 1420 } 1421 1422 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1423 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1424 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1425 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1426 } 1427 1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1429 if (!D) 1430 return; 1431 1432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1433 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1434 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1435 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1436 } 1437 1438 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1439 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1440 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1441 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1442 } 1443 1444 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1445 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1446 } 1447 1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1449 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1450 return false; 1451 1452 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1453 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1454 return false; 1455 1456 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1457 return true; 1458 1459 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1460 // functions. 1461 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1462 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1463 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1464 WithinFunction = 1465 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1466 if (!WithinFunction) 1467 return false; 1468 1469 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1470 return true; 1471 1472 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1473 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1474 return false; 1475 1476 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1477 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1478 1479 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1480 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1481 1482 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1483 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1484 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1489 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1490 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1491 return false; 1492 1493 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1494 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1495 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 1498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1499 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1500 return false; 1501 1502 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1503 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1504 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1505 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1506 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1507 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1508 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1509 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1510 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1511 return false; 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1518 } 1519 1520 return true; 1521 } 1522 1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1524 FixItHint &Hint) { 1525 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1526 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1527 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1528 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1529 return; 1530 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1531 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1532 } 1533 return; 1534 } 1535 1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1537 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1538 return; 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1541 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1543 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1545 } 1546 } 1547 1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1551 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1552 return; 1553 1554 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1555 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1556 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1557 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1558 return; 1559 } 1560 1561 FixItHint Hint; 1562 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1563 1564 unsigned DiagID; 1565 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1567 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1569 else 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1571 1572 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1573 } 1574 1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1576 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1577 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1578 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1579 // MS inline assembly label name. 1580 bool Diagnose = false; 1581 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1582 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1583 else 1584 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1585 if (Diagnose) 1586 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1587 } 1588 1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1590 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1591 1592 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1593 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1594 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1595 1596 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1597 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1598 1599 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1600 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1601 1602 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1603 1604 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1605 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1606 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1607 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1608 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1609 } 1610 1611 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1612 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1613 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1614 1615 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1616 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1621 /// 1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1624 /// to the fixed name. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1629 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1630 /// 1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1632 /// class could not be found. 1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1634 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1635 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1636 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1637 // creation from this context. 1638 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1639 1640 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1641 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1642 // find an Objective-C class name. 1643 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1644 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1645 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1646 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1647 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1648 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1649 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1650 } 1651 } 1652 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1653 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1654 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1655 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1656 return Def; 1657 } 1658 1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1663 /// ill-formed in C++: 1664 /// @code 1665 /// struct S6 { 1666 /// enum { BAR } e; 1667 /// }; 1668 /// 1669 /// void test_S6() { 1670 /// struct S6 a; 1671 /// a.e = BAR; 1672 /// } 1673 /// @endcode 1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1681 /// contain non-field names. 1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1683 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1684 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1685 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1686 S = S->getParent(); 1687 return S; 1688 } 1689 1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1695 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1696 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1697 return; 1698 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1699 1700 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1701 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1702 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1703 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1704 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1705 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1706 } 1707 1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1709 switch (Error) { 1710 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1711 return ""; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1713 return "stdio.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1715 return "setjmp.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1717 return "ucontext.h"; 1718 } 1719 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1720 } 1721 1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1723 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1725 /// built-in. 1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1727 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1728 SourceLocation Loc) { 1729 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1730 1731 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1732 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1733 if (Error) { 1734 if (ForRedeclaration) 1735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1736 << getHeaderName(Error) 1737 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1738 return nullptr; 1739 } 1740 1741 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1742 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1743 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1744 << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1800 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1801 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1802 /// entity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Sema &S, 1804 NamedDecl *decl, 1805 LookupResult &previous){ 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if ((!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 1808 !S.getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage) 1809 return; 1810 1811 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1812 if (previous.empty()) 1813 return; 1814 1815 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1816 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1817 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1818 1819 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1820 if (S.isVisible(old)) 1821 continue; 1822 1823 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1824 filter.erase(); 1825 } 1826 1827 filter.done(); 1828 } 1829 1830 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1831 /// entity if their types are the same. 1832 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1833 /// isSameEntity. 1834 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1835 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1836 LookupResult &Previous) { 1837 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1838 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1839 return; 1840 1841 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1842 if (Previous.empty()) 1843 return; 1844 1845 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1846 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1847 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1848 1849 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1850 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1851 continue; 1852 1853 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1854 // different linkages. 1855 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1856 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1857 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1858 continue; 1859 1860 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1861 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1862 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1863 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1864 continue; 1865 } 1866 1867 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1868 Filter.erase(); 1869 } 1870 1871 Filter.done(); 1872 } 1873 1874 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1875 QualType OldType; 1876 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1877 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1878 else 1879 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1880 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1881 1882 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1883 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1884 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1886 << Kind << NewType; 1887 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1888 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1889 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1890 return true; 1891 } 1892 1893 if (OldType != NewType && 1894 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1895 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1896 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1897 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1898 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1899 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1900 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1901 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1902 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1903 return true; 1904 } 1905 return false; 1906 } 1907 1908 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1909 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1910 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1911 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1912 /// 1913 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1914 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1915 // merging checks. 1916 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1917 1918 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1919 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1920 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1921 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1922 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1923 default: break; 1924 case 2: 1925 { 1926 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1927 break; 1928 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1929 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1930 break; 1931 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1932 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1933 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1934 break; 1935 } 1936 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1937 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1938 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1939 return; 1940 } 1941 case 5: 1942 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1943 break; 1944 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1945 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1946 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1947 return; 1948 case 3: 1949 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1950 break; 1951 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1952 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1953 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1954 return; 1955 } 1956 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1957 } 1958 1959 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1960 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1961 if (!Old) { 1962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1963 << New->getDeclName(); 1964 1965 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1966 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1967 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1968 1969 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1970 } 1971 1972 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1973 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1975 1976 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1977 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1978 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1979 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1980 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1981 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1982 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1983 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1984 // instead of our tag. 1985 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1986 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1987 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1988 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1989 else 1990 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1991 1992 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1993 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1994 } 1995 } 1996 1997 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1998 // with any extensions enabled. 1999 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2000 return; 2001 2002 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2003 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2004 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2005 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2006 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2007 } 2008 2009 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2010 return; 2011 2012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2013 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2014 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2015 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2016 // to the type to which it already refers. 2017 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2018 return; 2019 2020 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2021 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2022 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2023 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2024 // 2025 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2026 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2027 // 2028 // struct S { 2029 // typedef struct A { } A; 2030 // }; 2031 // 2032 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2033 // allow the above but disallow 2034 // 2035 // struct S { 2036 // typedef int I; 2037 // typedef int I; 2038 // }; 2039 // 2040 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2041 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2042 return; 2043 2044 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2045 << New->getDeclName(); 2046 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2047 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2048 } 2049 2050 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2051 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2052 return; 2053 2054 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2055 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2056 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2057 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2058 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2059 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2060 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2061 return; 2062 2063 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2064 << New->getDeclName(); 2065 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2066 } 2067 2068 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2069 /// attribute. 2070 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2071 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2072 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2073 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2074 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2075 if (Ann) { 2076 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2077 return true; 2078 continue; 2079 } 2080 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2081 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2082 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2083 return true; 2084 } 2085 2086 return false; 2087 } 2088 2089 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2090 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2091 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2092 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2093 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2094 return true; 2095 } 2096 2097 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2098 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2099 /// 2100 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2101 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2102 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2103 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2104 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2105 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2106 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2107 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2108 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2109 // in a case like: 2110 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2111 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2112 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2113 // definition in such a case. 2114 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2115 return false; 2116 2117 if (I->isAlignas()) 2118 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2119 2120 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2121 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2122 OldAlign = Align; 2123 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2124 } 2125 } 2126 2127 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2128 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2129 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2130 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2131 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2132 return false; 2133 2134 if (I->isAlignas()) 2135 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2136 2137 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2138 if (Align > NewAlign) 2139 NewAlign = Align; 2140 } 2141 2142 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2143 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2144 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2145 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2146 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2147 2148 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2149 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2150 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2151 QualType Ty; 2152 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2153 Ty = VD->getType(); 2154 else 2155 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2156 2157 if (OldAlign == 0) 2158 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2159 if (NewAlign == 0) 2160 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2161 } 2162 2163 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2164 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2165 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2166 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2167 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2168 } 2169 } 2170 2171 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2172 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2173 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2174 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2175 // equivalent alignment. 2176 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2177 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2178 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2179 // have no alignment specifier. 2180 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2181 << OldAlignasAttr; 2182 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2183 << OldAlignasAttr; 2184 } 2185 2186 bool AnyAdded = false; 2187 2188 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2189 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2190 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2191 Clone->setInherited(true); 2192 New->addAttr(Clone); 2193 AnyAdded = true; 2194 } 2195 2196 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2197 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2198 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2199 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2200 Clone->setInherited(true); 2201 New->addAttr(Clone); 2202 AnyAdded = true; 2203 } 2204 2205 return AnyAdded; 2206 } 2207 2208 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2209 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2210 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2211 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2212 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2213 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2214 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2215 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2216 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2224 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2226 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2227 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2228 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2229 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2230 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2231 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2232 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2233 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2234 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2235 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2236 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2237 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2238 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2239 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2240 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2241 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2242 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2243 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2244 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2245 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2246 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2247 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2248 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2249 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2250 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2251 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2252 NewAttr = nullptr; 2253 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2254 NewAttr = nullptr; 2255 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2256 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2257 2258 if (NewAttr) { 2259 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2260 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2261 return true; 2262 } 2263 2264 return false; 2265 } 2266 2267 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2268 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2269 return TD->getDefinition(); 2270 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2271 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2272 if (Def) 2273 return Def; 2274 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2275 } 2276 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2277 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2278 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2279 return Def; 2280 } 2281 return nullptr; 2282 } 2283 2284 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2285 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2286 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2287 return true; 2288 return false; 2289 } 2290 2291 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2292 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2293 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2294 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2295 return; 2296 2297 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2298 if (!Def || Def == New) 2299 return; 2300 2301 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2302 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2303 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2304 2305 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2306 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2307 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2308 else { 2309 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2310 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2311 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2312 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2313 : diag::err_redefinition; 2314 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2315 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2316 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2317 } 2318 ++I; 2319 continue; 2320 } 2321 2322 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2323 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2324 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2325 ++I; 2326 continue; 2327 } 2328 } 2329 2330 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2331 ++I; 2332 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2333 } 2334 2335 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2336 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2337 ++I; 2338 continue; 2339 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2340 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2341 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2342 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2343 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2344 // equivalent alignment. 2345 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2346 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2347 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2348 // have no alignment specifier. 2349 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2350 << AA; 2351 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2352 << AA; 2353 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2354 --E; 2355 continue; 2356 } 2357 } 2358 2359 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2360 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2361 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2362 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2363 --E; 2364 } 2365 } 2366 2367 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2368 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2369 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2370 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2371 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2372 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2373 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2374 } 2375 2376 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2377 return; 2378 2379 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2380 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2381 2382 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2383 return; 2384 2385 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2386 2387 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2388 // we process them. 2389 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2390 2391 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2392 bool Override = false; 2393 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2394 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2395 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2396 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2397 switch (AMK) { 2398 case AMK_None: 2399 continue; 2400 2401 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2402 break; 2403 2404 case AMK_Override: 2405 Override = true; 2406 break; 2407 } 2408 } 2409 2410 // Already handled. 2411 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2412 continue; 2413 2414 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2415 foundAny = true; 2416 } 2417 2418 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2419 foundAny = true; 2420 2421 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2422 } 2423 2424 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2425 /// to the new one. 2426 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2427 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2428 Sema &S) { 2429 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2430 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2431 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2432 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2433 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2434 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2435 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2436 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2437 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2438 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2439 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2440 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2441 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2442 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2443 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2444 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2445 } 2446 2447 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2448 return; 2449 2450 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2451 2452 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2453 // done before we process them. 2454 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2455 2456 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2457 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2458 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2459 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2460 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2461 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2462 foundAny = true; 2463 } 2464 } 2465 2466 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2467 } 2468 2469 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2470 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2471 Sema &S) { 2472 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2473 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2474 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2475 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2476 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2477 *Newnullability, 2478 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2479 != 0)) 2480 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2481 *Oldnullability, 2482 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2483 != 0)); 2484 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2485 } 2486 } else { 2487 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2488 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2489 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2490 NewT, NewT); 2491 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2492 } 2493 } 2494 } 2495 2496 namespace { 2497 2498 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2499 /// C. 2500 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2501 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2502 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2503 QualType PromotedType; 2504 }; 2505 2506 } 2507 2508 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2509 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2510 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2511 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2512 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2513 2514 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2515 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2516 2517 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2518 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2519 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2520 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2521 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2522 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2523 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2524 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2525 } 2526 2527 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2528 } 2529 2530 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2531 // declaration, or a declaration. 2532 template <typename T> 2533 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2534 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2535 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2536 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2537 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2538 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2539 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2540 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2541 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2542 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2543 } else 2544 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2545 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2546 } 2547 2548 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2549 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2550 /// GNU89 mode. 2551 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2552 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2553 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2554 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2555 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2556 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2557 } 2558 2559 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2560 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2561 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2562 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2563 return AT; 2564 } 2565 2566 template <typename T> 2567 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2568 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2569 if (DC->isRecord()) 2570 return false; 2571 2572 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2573 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2574 return true; 2575 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2576 return true; 2577 return false; 2578 } 2579 2580 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2581 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2582 2583 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2584 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2585 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2586 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2587 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2588 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2589 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2590 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2591 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2592 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2593 // and function templates; or 2594 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2595 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2596 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2597 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2598 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2599 2600 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2601 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2602 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2603 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2604 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2605 2606 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2607 if (Old && 2608 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2609 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2610 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2611 Old = nullptr; 2612 2613 if (!Old) { 2614 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2615 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2616 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2617 return true; 2618 } 2619 return false; 2620 } 2621 2622 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2623 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2624 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2625 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2626 /// 2627 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2628 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2629 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2630 /// merged with. 2631 /// 2632 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2633 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2634 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2635 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2636 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2637 if (!Old) { 2638 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2639 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2641 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2642 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2643 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2644 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2645 return true; 2646 } 2647 2648 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2649 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2650 return true; 2651 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2652 } else { 2653 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2654 << New->getDeclName(); 2655 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2656 return true; 2657 } 2658 } 2659 2660 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2661 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2662 return true; 2663 2664 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2665 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2666 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2667 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2668 2669 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2670 // is an extern inline function. 2671 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2672 // storage classes. 2673 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2674 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2675 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2676 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2677 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2678 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2680 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2681 } else { 2682 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2683 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2684 return true; 2685 } 2686 } 2687 2688 2689 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2690 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2691 // convention of the first. 2692 // 2693 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2694 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2695 // 2696 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2697 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2698 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2699 // 2700 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2701 // other tests to run. 2702 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2703 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2704 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2705 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2706 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2707 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2708 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2709 2710 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2711 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2712 const FunctionType *FT = 2713 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2714 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2715 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2716 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2717 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2718 // there but not here. 2719 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2720 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2721 } else { 2722 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2723 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2724 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2725 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2726 << !FirstCCExplicit 2727 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2728 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2729 2730 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2731 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2732 return true; 2733 } 2734 } 2735 2736 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2737 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2738 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2739 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2740 } 2741 2742 // Merge regparm attribute. 2743 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2744 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2745 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2746 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2747 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2748 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2749 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2750 return true; 2751 } 2752 2753 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2754 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2755 } 2756 2757 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2758 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2759 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2761 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2762 return true; 2763 } 2764 2765 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2766 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2767 } 2768 2769 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2770 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2771 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2772 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2773 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2774 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2775 } 2776 2777 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2778 // UndefinedButUsed. 2779 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2780 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2781 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2782 Old->isUsed(false) && 2783 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2784 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2785 SourceLocation())); 2786 2787 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2788 // about it. 2789 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2790 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2791 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2792 } 2793 2794 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2795 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2796 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2797 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2798 // cannot be overloaded. 2799 2800 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2801 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2802 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2803 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2804 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2805 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2806 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2807 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2808 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2809 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2810 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2811 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2812 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2813 QualType ResQT; 2814 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2815 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2816 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2817 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2818 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2819 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2820 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2821 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2823 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2824 else 2825 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2826 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2827 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2828 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2829 return true; 2830 } 2831 else 2832 NewQType = ResQT; 2833 } 2834 2835 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2836 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2837 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2838 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2839 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2840 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2841 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2842 New->setType( 2843 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2844 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2845 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2846 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2847 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2848 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2849 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2850 } 2851 } 2852 2853 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2854 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2855 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2856 // Preserve triviality. 2857 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2858 2859 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2860 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2861 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2862 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2863 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2864 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2865 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2866 2867 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2868 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2869 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2870 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2871 // is a static member function declaration. 2872 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2873 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2874 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2875 return true; 2876 } 2877 2878 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2879 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2880 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2881 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2882 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2883 unsigned NewDiag; 2884 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2885 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2886 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2887 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2888 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2889 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2890 else 2891 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2892 2893 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2894 } else { 2895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2896 << New << New->getType(); 2897 } 2898 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2899 return true; 2900 2901 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2902 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2903 // 2904 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2905 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2906 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2907 if (isFriend) { 2908 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2909 } else { 2910 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2911 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2912 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2913 return true; 2914 } 2915 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2916 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2917 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2918 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2919 return true; 2920 } 2921 } 2922 2923 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2924 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2925 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2926 // attribute. 2927 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2928 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2929 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2930 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2931 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2932 } 2933 2934 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2935 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2936 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2937 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2938 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2939 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2940 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2941 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2942 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2943 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2944 } 2945 2946 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2947 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2948 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2949 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2950 2951 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2952 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2953 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2954 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2955 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2956 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2957 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2958 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2959 } 2960 2961 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2962 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2963 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2964 // 2965 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2966 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2967 // linkage within class scope. 2968 // 2969 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2970 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2971 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2972 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2973 } else { 2974 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2975 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2976 return true; 2977 } 2978 } 2979 2980 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2981 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2982 2983 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2984 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2985 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2986 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2987 // when we instantiate the function. 2988 return false; 2989 } 2990 2991 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2992 } 2993 2994 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2995 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2996 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2997 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2998 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2999 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3000 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3001 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3002 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3003 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3004 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3005 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3006 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3007 NewQType = 3008 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3009 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3010 New->setType(NewQType); 3011 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3012 3013 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3014 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3015 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3016 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3017 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3018 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3019 SC_None, nullptr); 3020 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3021 Param->setImplicit(); 3022 Params.push_back(Param); 3023 } 3024 3025 New->setParams(Params); 3026 } 3027 3028 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3029 } 3030 3031 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3032 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3033 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3034 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3035 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3036 // the prototype. 3037 // 3038 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3039 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3040 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3041 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3042 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3043 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3044 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3045 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3046 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3047 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3048 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3049 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3050 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3051 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3052 3053 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3054 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3055 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3056 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3057 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3058 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3059 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3060 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3061 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3062 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3063 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3064 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3065 NewParm->getType(), 3066 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3067 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3068 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3069 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3070 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3071 } else 3072 LooseCompatible = false; 3073 } 3074 3075 if (LooseCompatible) { 3076 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3077 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3078 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3079 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3080 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3081 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3082 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3083 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3084 } 3085 3086 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3087 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3088 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3089 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3090 } 3091 3092 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3093 } 3094 3095 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3096 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3097 3098 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3099 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3100 unsigned BuiltinID; 3101 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3102 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3103 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3104 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3105 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3106 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3107 << Old << Old->getType(); 3108 3109 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3110 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3111 // 3112 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3113 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3114 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3115 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3116 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3117 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3118 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 3119 3120 return false; 3121 } 3122 3123 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3124 } 3125 3126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3127 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3128 return true; 3129 } 3130 3131 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3132 /// known to be compatible. 3133 /// 3134 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3135 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3136 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3137 /// redeclaration of Old. 3138 /// 3139 /// \returns false 3140 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3141 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3142 // Merge the attributes 3143 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3144 3145 // Merge "pure" flag. 3146 if (Old->isPure()) 3147 New->setPure(); 3148 3149 // Merge "used" flag. 3150 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3151 New->setIsUsed(); 3152 3153 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3154 // declarations. 3155 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3156 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3157 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3158 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3159 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3160 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3161 } 3162 3163 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3164 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3165 3166 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3167 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3168 // was visible. 3169 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3170 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3171 New->setType(Merged); 3172 3173 return false; 3174 } 3175 3176 3177 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3178 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3179 3180 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3181 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3182 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3183 : AMK_Override; 3184 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3185 3186 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3187 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3188 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3189 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3190 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3191 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3192 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3193 3194 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3195 } 3196 3197 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3198 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3199 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3200 /// 3201 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3202 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3203 /// is attached. 3204 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3205 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3206 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3207 return; 3208 3209 QualType MergedT; 3210 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3211 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3212 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3213 return; 3214 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3215 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3216 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3217 } 3218 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3219 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3220 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3221 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3222 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3223 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3224 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3225 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3226 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3227 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3228 NewArray->getElementType())) 3229 MergedT = New->getType(); 3230 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3231 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3232 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3233 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3234 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3235 NewArray->getElementType())) 3236 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3237 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3238 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3239 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3240 Old->getType()); 3241 } 3242 } else { 3243 // C 6.2.7p2: 3244 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3245 // compatible type. 3246 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3247 } 3248 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3249 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3250 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3251 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3252 // equivalent. 3253 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3254 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3255 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3256 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3257 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3258 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3259 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3260 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3261 return; 3262 } 3263 3264 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3265 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3266 // 3267 // extern int arr[]; 3268 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3269 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3270 // 3271 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3272 // to diagnose it. 3273 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3274 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3275 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3276 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3277 } 3278 3279 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3280 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3281 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3282 New->setType(MergedT); 3283 } 3284 3285 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3286 LookupResult &Previous) { 3287 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3288 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3289 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3290 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3291 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3292 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3293 // 3294 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3295 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3296 return false; 3297 3298 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3299 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3300 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3301 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3302 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3303 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3304 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3305 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3306 } else { 3307 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3308 // type unless we're in the same function. 3309 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3310 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3311 } 3312 } 3313 3314 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3315 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3316 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3317 /// 3318 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3319 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3320 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3321 /// 3322 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3323 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3324 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3325 return; 3326 3327 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3328 3329 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3330 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3331 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3332 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3333 if (NewTemplate) { 3334 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3335 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3336 3337 if (auto *Shadow = 3338 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3339 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3340 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3341 } else { 3342 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3343 3344 if (auto *Shadow = 3345 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3346 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3347 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3348 } 3349 } 3350 if (!Old) { 3351 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3352 << New->getDeclName(); 3353 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3354 diag::note_previous_definition); 3355 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3356 } 3357 3358 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3359 return; 3360 3361 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3362 if (NewTemplate && 3363 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3364 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3365 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3366 return; 3367 3368 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3369 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3370 // 3371 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3372 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3374 << New->getIdentifier(); 3375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3376 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3377 } 3378 3379 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3380 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3381 // declaration 3382 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3383 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3384 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3385 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3386 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3387 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3388 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3389 } 3390 3391 // Merge the types. 3392 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3393 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3394 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3395 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3396 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3397 return; 3398 } 3399 3400 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3401 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3402 return; 3403 3404 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3405 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3406 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3407 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3408 3409 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3410 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3411 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3412 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3413 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3415 << New->getDeclName(); 3416 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3417 } else { 3418 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3419 << New->getDeclName(); 3420 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3421 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3422 } 3423 } 3424 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3425 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3426 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3427 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3428 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3429 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3430 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3431 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3432 // identifier has external linkage. 3433 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3434 /* Okay */; 3435 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3436 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3437 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3438 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3439 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3440 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3441 } 3442 3443 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3444 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3445 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3446 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3447 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3448 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3449 } 3450 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3451 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3452 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3453 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3454 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3455 } 3456 3457 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3458 3459 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3460 // need to check for mismatches. 3461 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3462 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3463 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3464 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3466 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3467 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3468 } 3469 3470 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3471 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3472 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3473 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3474 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3475 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3476 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3477 } else { 3478 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3479 // static and dynamic initialization. 3480 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3481 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3482 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3483 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3484 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3485 } 3486 } 3487 3488 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3489 VarDecl *Def; 3490 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3491 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3492 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3493 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3494 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3495 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3496 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3497 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3498 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3499 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3500 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3501 } else { 3502 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3503 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3504 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3505 return; 3506 } 3507 } 3508 3509 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3510 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3511 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3512 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3513 return; 3514 } 3515 3516 // Merge "used" flag. 3517 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3518 New->setIsUsed(); 3519 3520 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3521 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3522 if (NewTemplate) 3523 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3524 3525 // Inherit access appropriately. 3526 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3527 if (NewTemplate) 3528 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3529 } 3530 3531 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3532 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3533 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3534 DeclSpec &DS) { 3535 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3536 } 3537 3538 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3539 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3540 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3541 // compatibility. 3542 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3543 // targeted. 3544 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3545 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3546 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3547 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3548 } 3549 3550 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3551 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3552 return; 3553 3554 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3555 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3556 // it is anonymous. 3557 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3558 return; 3559 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3560 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3561 Context.setManglingNumber( 3562 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3563 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3564 return; 3565 } 3566 3567 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3568 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3569 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3570 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3571 Context.setManglingNumber( 3572 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3573 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3574 } 3575 } 3576 3577 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3578 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3579 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3580 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3581 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3582 return; 3583 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3584 return; 3585 3586 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3587 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3588 3589 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3590 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3591 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3592 return; 3593 3594 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3595 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3596 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3597 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3598 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3599 // for how to handle it. 3600 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3601 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3602 3603 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3604 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3605 3606 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3607 textToInsert += ' '; 3608 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3609 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3610 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3611 return; 3612 } 3613 3614 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3615 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3616 } 3617 3618 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3619 switch (T) { 3620 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3621 return 0; 3622 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3623 return 1; 3624 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3625 return 2; 3626 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3627 return 3; 3628 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3629 return 4; 3630 default: 3631 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3632 } 3633 } 3634 3635 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3636 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3637 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3638 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3639 DeclSpec &DS, 3640 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3641 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3642 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3643 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3644 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3645 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3646 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3647 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3648 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3649 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3650 3651 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3652 return nullptr; 3653 3654 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3655 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3656 // it's a Type. 3657 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3658 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3659 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3660 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3661 } 3662 3663 if (Tag) { 3664 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3665 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3666 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3667 return Tag; 3668 } 3669 3670 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3671 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3672 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3673 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3674 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3675 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3676 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3677 } 3678 3679 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3680 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3681 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3682 if (Tag) 3683 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3684 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3685 else 3686 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3687 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3688 return TagD; 3689 } 3690 3691 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3692 3693 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3694 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3695 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3696 if (TagD && !Tag) 3697 return nullptr; 3698 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3699 } 3700 3701 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3702 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3703 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3704 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3705 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3706 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3707 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3708 // or an explicit specialization. 3709 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3710 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3711 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3712 return nullptr; 3713 } 3714 3715 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3716 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3717 3718 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3719 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3720 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3721 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3723 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3724 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3725 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3726 3727 DeclaresAnything = false; 3728 } 3729 } 3730 3731 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3732 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3733 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3734 // 3735 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3736 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3737 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3738 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3739 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3740 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3741 // struct STRUCT; 3742 // union UNION; 3743 // and 3744 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3745 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3746 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3747 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3748 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3749 if (Tag) 3750 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3751 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3752 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3753 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3754 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3755 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3756 3757 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3758 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3759 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3760 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3761 } 3762 3763 DeclaresAnything = false; 3764 } 3765 } 3766 3767 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3768 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3769 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3770 return TagD; 3771 3772 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3773 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3774 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3775 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3776 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3777 DeclaresAnything = false; 3778 3779 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3780 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3781 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3782 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3783 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3784 else 3785 DeclaresAnything = false; 3786 } 3787 3788 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3789 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3790 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3791 << Tag->getTagKind() 3792 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3793 3794 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3795 3796 // C 6.7/2: 3797 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3798 // or the members of an enumeration. 3799 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3800 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3801 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3802 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3803 // previous declaration. 3804 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3805 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3806 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3807 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3808 return TagD; 3809 } 3810 3811 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3812 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3813 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3814 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3815 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3816 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3817 // 3818 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3819 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3821 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3822 3823 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3824 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3825 // useless. 3826 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3827 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3828 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3829 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3830 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3831 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3832 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3833 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3834 } 3835 3836 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3837 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3838 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3839 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3840 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3841 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3842 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3843 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3844 // Restrict is covered above. 3845 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3846 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3847 } 3848 3849 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3850 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3851 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3852 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3853 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3854 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3855 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3856 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3857 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3858 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3859 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3860 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3861 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3862 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3863 } 3864 } 3865 3866 return TagD; 3867 } 3868 3869 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3870 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3871 /// 3872 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3873 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3874 Scope *S, 3875 DeclContext *Owner, 3876 DeclarationName Name, 3877 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3878 unsigned diagnostic) { 3879 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3880 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3881 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3882 3883 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3884 return false; 3885 3886 // Pick a representative declaration. 3887 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3888 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3889 3890 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3891 return false; 3892 3893 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3894 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3895 3896 return true; 3897 } 3898 3899 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3900 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3901 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3902 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3903 /// struct, e.g., 3904 /// 3905 /// @code 3906 /// union { 3907 /// int i; 3908 /// float f; 3909 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3910 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3911 /// @endcode 3912 /// 3913 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3914 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3915 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3916 DeclContext *Owner, 3917 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3918 AccessSpecifier AS, 3919 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3920 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3921 unsigned diagKind 3922 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3923 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3924 3925 bool Invalid = false; 3926 3927 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3928 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3929 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3930 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3931 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3932 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3933 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3934 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3935 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3936 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3937 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3938 Invalid = true; 3939 } else { 3940 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3941 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3942 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3943 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3944 // anonymous union is declared. 3945 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3946 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3947 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3948 else 3949 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3950 3951 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3952 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3953 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3954 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3955 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3956 3957 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3958 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3959 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3960 3961 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3962 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3963 3964 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3965 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3966 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3967 3968 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3969 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3970 3971 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3972 } 3973 } 3974 } 3975 3976 return Invalid; 3977 } 3978 3979 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3980 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3981 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3982 static StorageClass 3983 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3984 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3985 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3986 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3987 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3988 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3989 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3990 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3991 return SC_None; 3992 return SC_Extern; 3993 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3994 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3995 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3996 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3997 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3998 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3999 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4000 } 4001 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4002 } 4003 4004 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4005 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4006 4007 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4008 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4009 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4010 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4011 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4012 return FD->getLocation(); 4013 } 4014 4015 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4016 } 4017 4018 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4019 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4020 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4021 return; 4022 4023 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4024 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4025 } 4026 4027 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4028 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4029 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4030 return; 4031 4032 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4033 } 4034 4035 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4036 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4037 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4038 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4039 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4040 AccessSpecifier AS, 4041 RecordDecl *Record, 4042 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4043 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4044 4045 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4046 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4047 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4048 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4049 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4050 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4051 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4052 4053 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4054 // structs/unions. 4055 bool Invalid = false; 4056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4057 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4058 unsigned DiagID; 4059 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4060 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4061 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4062 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4063 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4064 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4065 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4066 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4067 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4068 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4069 4070 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4071 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4072 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4073 } 4074 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4075 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4076 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4077 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4078 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4079 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4080 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4081 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4082 4083 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4084 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4085 SourceLocation(), 4086 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4087 } 4088 } 4089 4090 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4091 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4092 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4093 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4094 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4095 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4096 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4097 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4098 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4099 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4101 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4102 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4103 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4104 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4105 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4106 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4107 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4108 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4109 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4110 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4111 4112 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4113 } 4114 4115 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4116 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4117 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4118 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4119 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4120 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4121 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4122 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4123 // members (clause 11). 4124 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4125 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4126 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4127 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4128 Invalid = true; 4129 } 4130 4131 // C++ [class.union]p1 4132 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4133 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4134 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4135 // array of such objects. 4136 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4137 Invalid = true; 4138 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4139 // Any implicit members are fine. 4140 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4141 // This is a type that showed up in an 4142 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4143 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4144 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4145 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4146 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4147 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4148 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4149 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4150 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4151 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4152 else { 4153 // This is a nested type declaration. 4154 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4155 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4156 Invalid = true; 4157 } 4158 } else { 4159 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4160 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4161 // not part of standard C++. 4162 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4163 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4164 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4165 } 4166 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4167 // Any access specifier is fine. 4168 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4169 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4170 } else { 4171 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4172 // member. Complain about it. 4173 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4174 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4175 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4176 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4177 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4178 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4179 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4180 4181 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4182 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4183 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4184 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4185 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4186 else { 4187 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4188 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4189 Invalid = true; 4190 } 4191 } 4192 } 4193 4194 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4195 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4196 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4197 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4198 Owner->isRecord()) 4199 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4200 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4201 } 4202 4203 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4204 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4205 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4206 Invalid = true; 4207 } 4208 4209 // Mock up a declarator. 4210 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4211 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4212 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4213 4214 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4215 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4216 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4217 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4218 DS.getLocStart(), 4219 Record->getLocation(), 4220 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4221 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4222 TInfo, 4223 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4224 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4225 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4226 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4227 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4228 } else { 4229 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4230 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4231 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4232 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4233 // an error here 4234 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4235 Invalid = true; 4236 SC = SC_None; 4237 } 4238 4239 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4240 DS.getLocStart(), 4241 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4242 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4243 TInfo, SC); 4244 4245 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4246 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4247 // initializer: 4248 // union { int n = 0; }; 4249 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4250 } 4251 Anon->setImplicit(); 4252 4253 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4254 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4255 4256 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4257 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4258 // its members. 4259 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4260 4261 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4262 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4263 // purposes. 4264 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4265 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4266 4267 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4268 Chain, false)) 4269 Invalid = true; 4270 4271 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4272 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4273 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4274 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4275 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4276 Context.setManglingNumber( 4277 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4278 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4279 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4280 } 4281 } 4282 } 4283 4284 if (Invalid) 4285 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4286 4287 return Anon; 4288 } 4289 4290 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4291 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4292 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4293 /// Example: 4294 /// 4295 /// struct A { int a; }; 4296 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4297 /// 4298 /// void foo() { 4299 /// B var; 4300 /// var.a = 3; 4301 /// } 4302 /// 4303 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4304 RecordDecl *Record) { 4305 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4306 4307 // Mock up a declarator. 4308 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4309 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4310 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4311 4312 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4313 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4314 4315 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4316 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4317 ParentDecl, 4318 DS.getLocStart(), 4319 DS.getLocStart(), 4320 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4321 RecTy, 4322 TInfo, 4323 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4324 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4325 Anon->setImplicit(); 4326 4327 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4328 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4329 4330 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4331 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4332 // purposes. 4333 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4334 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4335 4336 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4337 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4338 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4339 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4340 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4341 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4342 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4343 } 4344 4345 return Anon; 4346 } 4347 4348 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4349 /// given Declarator. 4350 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4351 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4352 } 4353 4354 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4355 DeclarationNameInfo 4356 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4357 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4358 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4359 4360 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4361 4362 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4363 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4364 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4365 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4366 return NameInfo; 4367 4368 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4369 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4370 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4371 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4372 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4373 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4374 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4375 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4376 return NameInfo; 4377 4378 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4379 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4380 Name.Identifier)); 4381 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4382 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4383 return NameInfo; 4384 4385 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4386 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4387 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4388 if (Ty.isNull()) 4389 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4390 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4391 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4392 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4393 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4394 return NameInfo; 4395 } 4396 4397 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4398 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4399 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4400 if (Ty.isNull()) 4401 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4402 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4403 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4404 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4405 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4406 return NameInfo; 4407 } 4408 4409 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4410 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4411 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4412 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4413 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4414 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4415 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4416 4417 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4418 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4419 4420 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4421 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4422 // was qualified. 4423 4424 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4425 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4426 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4427 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4428 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4429 return NameInfo; 4430 } 4431 4432 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4433 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4434 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4435 if (Ty.isNull()) 4436 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4437 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4438 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4439 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4440 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4441 return NameInfo; 4442 } 4443 4444 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4445 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4446 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4447 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4448 } 4449 4450 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4451 4452 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4453 } 4454 4455 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4456 do { 4457 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4458 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4459 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4460 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4461 else 4462 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4463 } while (true); 4464 } 4465 4466 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4467 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4468 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4469 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4470 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4471 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4472 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4473 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4474 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4475 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4476 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4477 Params.clear(); 4478 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4479 return false; 4480 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4481 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4482 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4483 4484 // The parameter types are identical 4485 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4486 continue; 4487 4488 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4489 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4490 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4491 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4492 4493 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4494 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4495 Params.push_back(Idx); 4496 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4497 return false; 4498 } 4499 4500 return true; 4501 } 4502 4503 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4504 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4505 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4506 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4507 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4508 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4509 DeclarationName Name) { 4510 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4511 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4512 // - types which will become injected class names 4513 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4514 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4515 // few cases here. 4516 4517 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4518 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4519 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4520 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4521 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4522 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4523 // Grab the type from the parser. 4524 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4525 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4526 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4527 4528 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4529 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4530 // attached already. 4531 if (!TSI) 4532 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4533 4534 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4535 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4536 if (!TSI) return true; 4537 4538 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4539 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4540 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4541 break; 4542 } 4543 4544 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4545 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4546 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4547 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4548 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4549 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4550 break; 4551 } 4552 4553 default: 4554 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4555 break; 4556 } 4557 4558 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4559 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4560 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4561 4562 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4563 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4564 // pointer. 4565 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4566 continue; 4567 4568 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4569 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4570 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4571 return true; 4572 } 4573 4574 return false; 4575 } 4576 4577 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4578 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4579 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4580 4581 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4582 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4583 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4584 4585 return Dcl; 4586 } 4587 4588 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4589 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4590 /// name different from T: 4591 /// - every static data member of class T; 4592 /// - every member function of class T 4593 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4594 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4595 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4596 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4597 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4598 4599 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4600 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4601 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4602 return true; 4603 } 4604 4605 return false; 4606 } 4607 4608 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4609 /// nested-name-specifier. 4610 /// 4611 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4612 /// 4613 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4614 /// resolves. 4615 /// 4616 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4617 /// 4618 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4619 /// 4620 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4621 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4622 DeclarationName Name, 4623 SourceLocation Loc) { 4624 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4625 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4626 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4627 4628 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4629 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4630 // 4631 // class X { 4632 // void X::f(); 4633 // }; 4634 // 4635 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4636 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4637 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4638 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4639 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4640 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4641 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4642 SS.clear(); 4643 } else { 4644 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4645 } 4646 return false; 4647 } 4648 4649 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4650 // declaration. 4651 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4652 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4654 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4655 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4656 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4657 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4658 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4659 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4660 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4661 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4662 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4663 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4664 else 4665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4666 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4667 4668 return true; 4669 } 4670 4671 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4672 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4673 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4674 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4675 SS.clear(); 4676 4677 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4678 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4679 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4680 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4681 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4682 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4683 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4684 return true; 4685 4686 return false; 4687 } 4688 4689 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4690 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4691 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4692 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4693 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4694 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4695 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4696 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4697 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4698 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4699 4700 return false; 4701 } 4702 4703 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4704 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4705 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4706 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4707 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4708 4709 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4710 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4711 if (!Name) { 4712 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4713 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4714 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4715 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4716 return nullptr; 4717 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4718 return nullptr; 4719 4720 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4721 // we find one that is. 4722 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4723 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4724 S = S->getParent(); 4725 4726 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4727 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4728 D.setInvalidType(); 4729 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4730 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4731 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4732 return nullptr; 4733 4734 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4735 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4736 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4737 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4738 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4739 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4740 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4741 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4742 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4743 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4744 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4745 return nullptr; 4746 } 4747 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4748 4749 if (!IsDependentContext && 4750 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4751 return nullptr; 4752 4753 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4754 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4755 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4756 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4757 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4758 return nullptr; 4759 } 4760 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4761 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4762 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4763 if (DC->isRecord()) 4764 return nullptr; 4765 4766 D.setInvalidType(); 4767 } 4768 } 4769 4770 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4771 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4772 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4773 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4774 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4775 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4776 D.setInvalidType(); 4777 } 4778 } 4779 4780 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4781 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4782 4783 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4784 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4785 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4786 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4787 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4788 return nullptr; 4789 4790 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4791 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4792 D.setInvalidType(); 4793 4794 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4795 ForRedeclaration); 4796 4797 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4798 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4799 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4800 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4801 4802 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4803 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4804 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4805 // 4806 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4807 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4808 // the same name. 4809 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4810 /* Do nothing*/; 4811 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4812 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4813 R->isFunctionType())) { 4814 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4815 CreateBuiltins = 4816 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4817 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4818 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4819 CreateBuiltins = true; 4820 4821 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4822 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4823 4824 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4825 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4826 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4827 4828 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4829 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4830 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4831 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4832 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4833 // thereof; [...] 4834 // 4835 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4836 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4837 // we want to match. For example, given: 4838 // 4839 // class X { 4840 // void f(); 4841 // void f(float); 4842 // }; 4843 // 4844 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4845 // 4846 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4847 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4848 // matches. 4849 4850 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4851 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4852 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4853 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4854 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4855 } 4856 4857 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4858 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4859 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4860 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4861 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4862 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4863 4864 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4865 Previous.clear(); 4866 } 4867 4868 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4869 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4870 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4871 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4872 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4873 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4874 Previous.clear(); 4875 4876 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4877 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4878 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4879 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4880 4881 NamedDecl *New; 4882 4883 bool AddToScope = true; 4884 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4885 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4887 return nullptr; 4888 } 4889 4890 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4891 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4892 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4893 TemplateParamLists, 4894 AddToScope); 4895 } else { 4896 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4897 AddToScope); 4898 } 4899 4900 if (!New) 4901 return nullptr; 4902 4903 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4904 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4905 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4906 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4907 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4908 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4909 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4910 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4911 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4912 if (!AddToContext) 4913 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4914 } 4915 4916 return New; 4917 } 4918 4919 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4920 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4921 /// GCC compatibility). 4922 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4923 ASTContext &Context, 4924 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4925 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4926 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4927 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4928 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4929 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4930 SizeIsNegative = false; 4931 Oversized = 0; 4932 4933 if (T->isDependentType()) 4934 return QualType(); 4935 4936 QualifierCollector Qs; 4937 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4938 4939 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4940 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4941 QualType FixedType = 4942 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4943 Oversized); 4944 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4945 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4946 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4947 } 4948 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4949 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4950 QualType FixedType = 4951 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4952 Oversized); 4953 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4954 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4955 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4956 } 4957 4958 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4959 if (!VLATy) 4960 return QualType(); 4961 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4962 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4963 return QualType(); 4964 4965 llvm::APSInt Res; 4966 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4967 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4968 return QualType(); 4969 4970 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4971 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4972 SizeIsNegative = true; 4973 return QualType(); 4974 } 4975 4976 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4977 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4978 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4979 Res); 4980 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4981 Oversized = Res; 4982 return QualType(); 4983 } 4984 4985 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4986 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4987 } 4988 4989 static void 4990 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4991 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4992 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4993 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4994 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4995 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4996 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4997 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4998 return; 4999 } 5000 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5001 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5002 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5003 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5004 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5005 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5006 return; 5007 } 5008 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5009 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5010 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5011 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5012 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5013 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5014 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5015 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5016 } 5017 5018 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5019 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5020 /// GCC compatibility). 5021 static TypeSourceInfo* 5022 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5023 ASTContext &Context, 5024 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5025 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5026 QualType FixedTy 5027 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5028 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5029 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5030 return nullptr; 5031 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5032 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5033 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5034 return FixedTInfo; 5035 } 5036 5037 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5038 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5039 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5040 /// function-scope declarations. 5041 void 5042 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5043 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5044 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5045 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5046 return; 5047 5048 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5049 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5050 } 5051 5052 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5053 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5054 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5055 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5056 } 5057 5058 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5059 /// does not identify a function. 5060 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5061 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5062 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5063 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5064 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5065 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5066 5067 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5068 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5069 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5070 5071 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5072 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5073 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5074 5075 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5076 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5077 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5078 } 5079 5080 NamedDecl* 5081 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5082 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5083 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5084 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5085 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5086 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5087 D.setInvalidType(); 5088 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5089 DC = CurContext; 5090 Previous.clear(); 5091 } 5092 5093 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5094 5095 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5096 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5097 << 1; 5098 5099 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5100 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5101 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5102 return nullptr; 5103 } 5104 5105 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5106 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5107 5108 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5109 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5110 5111 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5112 5113 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5114 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5115 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5116 return ND; 5117 } 5118 5119 void 5120 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5121 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5122 // then it shall have block scope. 5123 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5124 // that redeclarations will match. 5125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5126 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5127 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5128 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5129 5130 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5131 bool SizeIsNegative; 5132 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5133 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5134 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5135 SizeIsNegative, 5136 Oversized); 5137 if (FixedTInfo) { 5138 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5139 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5140 } else { 5141 if (SizeIsNegative) 5142 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5143 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5144 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5145 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5146 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5147 << Oversized.toString(10); 5148 else 5149 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5150 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5151 } 5152 } 5153 } 5154 } 5155 5156 5157 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5158 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5159 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5160 NamedDecl* 5161 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5162 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5163 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5164 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5165 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5166 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5167 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5168 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5169 Redeclaration = true; 5170 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5171 } 5172 5173 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5174 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5175 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5176 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5177 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5178 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5179 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5180 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5181 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5182 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5183 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5184 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5185 } 5186 5187 return NewTD; 5188 } 5189 5190 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5191 /// previous declaration. 5192 /// 5193 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5194 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5195 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5196 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5197 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5198 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5199 /// 5200 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5201 /// lookup 5202 /// 5203 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5204 /// declared. 5205 /// 5206 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5207 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5208 static bool 5209 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5210 ASTContext &Context) { 5211 if (!PrevDecl) 5212 return false; 5213 5214 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5215 return false; 5216 5217 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5218 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5219 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5220 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5221 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5222 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5223 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5224 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5225 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5226 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5227 return false; 5228 5229 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5230 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5231 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5232 return false; 5233 5234 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5235 // previous declarations. 5236 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5237 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5238 5239 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5240 // isn't the same function. 5241 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5242 return false; 5243 } 5244 5245 return true; 5246 } 5247 5248 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5249 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5250 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5251 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5252 } 5253 5254 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5255 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5256 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5257 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5258 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5259 unsigned kind = -1U; 5260 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5261 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5262 kind = 0; // __block 5263 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5264 kind = 1; // global 5265 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5266 kind = 3; // ivar 5267 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5268 kind = 2; // field 5269 } 5270 5271 if (kind != -1U) { 5272 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5273 << kind; 5274 } 5275 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5276 // Try to infer lifetime. 5277 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5278 return false; 5279 5280 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5281 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5282 decl->setType(type); 5283 } 5284 5285 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5286 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5287 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5288 var->getTLSKind()) { 5289 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5290 << var->getType(); 5291 return true; 5292 } 5293 } 5294 5295 return false; 5296 } 5297 5298 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5299 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5300 // the wrong linkage. 5301 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5302 5303 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5304 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5305 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5306 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5307 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5308 } 5309 } 5310 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5311 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5312 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5313 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5314 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5315 } 5316 } 5317 5318 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5319 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5320 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5321 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5322 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5323 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5324 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5325 } 5326 } 5327 } 5328 5329 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5330 // It does not apply to functions. 5331 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5332 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5333 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5334 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5335 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5336 } 5337 } 5338 5339 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5340 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5341 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5342 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5343 << &ND << Attr; 5344 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5345 } 5346 } 5347 } 5348 5349 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5350 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5351 bool IsSpecialization) { 5352 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5353 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5354 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5355 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5356 5357 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5358 return; 5359 5360 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5361 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5362 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5363 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5364 5365 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5366 // inherited attribute instances. 5367 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5368 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5369 5370 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5371 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5372 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5373 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5374 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5375 5376 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5377 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5378 // free functions and global variables. 5379 bool JustWarn = false; 5380 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5381 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5382 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5383 JustWarn = true; 5384 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5385 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5386 JustWarn = true; 5387 } 5388 5389 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5390 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5391 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5392 << NewDecl 5393 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5394 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5395 if (!JustWarn) { 5396 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5397 return; 5398 } 5399 } 5400 5401 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5402 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5403 // and qualified friend declarations. 5404 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5405 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5406 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5407 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5408 // separately. 5409 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5410 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5411 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5412 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5413 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5414 } 5415 5416 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5417 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5418 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5419 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5420 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5421 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5422 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5423 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5424 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5425 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5426 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5427 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5428 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5429 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5430 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5431 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5432 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5433 } 5434 } 5435 5436 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5437 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5438 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5439 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5440 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5441 5442 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5443 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5444 5445 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5446 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5447 return false; 5448 5449 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5450 5451 #ifndef NDEBUG 5452 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5453 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5454 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5455 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5456 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5457 #endif 5458 5459 bool isC99Inline = 5460 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5461 5462 #ifndef NDEBUG 5463 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5464 #endif 5465 5466 return isC99Inline; 5467 } 5468 5469 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5470 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5471 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5472 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5473 /// 5474 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5475 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5476 /// 5477 /// For instance: 5478 /// 5479 /// auto x = []{}; 5480 /// 5481 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5482 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5483 /// 5484 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5485 template<typename T> 5486 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5487 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5488 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5489 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5490 return false; 5491 } 5492 return D->isExternC(); 5493 } 5494 5495 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5496 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5497 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5498 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5499 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5500 return true; 5501 if (DC->isRecord()) 5502 return false; 5503 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5504 } 5505 5506 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5507 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5508 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5509 return true; 5510 if (DC->isRecord()) 5511 return false; 5512 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5513 } 5514 5515 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5516 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5517 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5518 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5519 return true; 5520 return false; 5521 } 5522 5523 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5524 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5525 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5526 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5527 return true; 5528 5529 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5530 // position to the decl itself. 5531 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5532 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5533 return true; 5534 } 5535 5536 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5537 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5538 } 5539 5540 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5541 /// function-local external declaration. 5542 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5543 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5544 return false; 5545 5546 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5547 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5548 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5549 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5550 return true; 5551 5552 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5553 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5554 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5555 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5556 // 5557 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5558 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5559 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5560 DC = DC->getParent(); 5561 return true; 5562 } 5563 5564 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration is TU-scoped and externally 5565 /// visible. 5566 static bool isDeclTUScopedExternallyVisible(const Decl *D) { 5567 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5568 return (FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() || FD->isExternC()) && 5569 FD->hasExternalFormalLinkage(); 5570 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5571 return (VD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() || VD->isExternC()) && 5572 VD->hasExternalFormalLinkage(); 5573 5574 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5575 } 5576 5577 NamedDecl * 5578 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5580 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5581 bool &AddToScope) { 5582 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5583 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5584 5585 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5586 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5587 5588 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5589 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5590 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5591 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5592 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5593 SC = SC_Extern; 5594 5595 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5596 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5597 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5598 5599 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5600 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5601 QualType NR = R; 5602 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5603 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5604 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5605 D.setInvalidType(); 5606 break; 5607 } 5608 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5609 } 5610 5611 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5612 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5613 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5614 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5615 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5616 D.setInvalidType(); 5617 } 5618 } 5619 } 5620 5621 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5622 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5623 // an error here 5624 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5625 D.setInvalidType(); 5626 SC = SC_None; 5627 } 5628 5629 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5630 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5631 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5632 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5633 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5634 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5635 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5636 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5637 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5638 } 5639 5640 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5641 if (!II) { 5642 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5643 << Name; 5644 return nullptr; 5645 } 5646 5647 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5648 5649 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5650 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5651 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5652 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5653 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5654 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5655 D.setInvalidType(); 5656 } 5657 } 5658 5659 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5660 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5661 // OpenCL __local address space. 5662 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5663 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5664 } 5665 5666 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5667 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5668 // space qualifiers. 5669 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5670 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5671 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5672 } 5673 5674 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5675 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5676 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5677 // address space qualifiers. 5678 if (R->isEventT()) { 5679 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5680 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5681 D.setInvalidType(); 5682 } 5683 5684 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5685 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5686 D.setInvalidType(); 5687 } 5688 } 5689 } 5690 5691 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5692 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5693 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5694 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5695 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5696 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5697 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5698 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5699 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5700 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5701 R, TInfo, SC); 5702 5703 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5704 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5705 } else { 5706 bool Invalid = false; 5707 5708 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5709 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5710 switch (SC) { 5711 case SC_None: 5712 break; 5713 case SC_Static: 5714 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5715 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5716 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5717 break; 5718 case SC_Auto: 5719 case SC_Register: 5720 case SC_Extern: 5721 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5722 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5723 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5724 // of class members 5725 5726 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5727 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5728 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5729 break; 5730 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5731 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5732 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5733 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5734 } 5735 } 5736 5737 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5738 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5739 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5740 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5741 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5742 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5743 5744 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5745 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5746 if (RD->isUnion()) 5747 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5748 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5749 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5750 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5751 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5752 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5753 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5754 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5755 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5756 } 5757 } 5758 5759 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5760 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5761 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5762 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5763 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5764 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5765 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5766 : nullptr, 5767 TemplateParamLists, 5768 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5769 5770 if (TemplateParams) { 5771 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5772 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5773 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5774 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5775 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5776 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5777 << II 5778 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5779 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5780 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5781 } else { 5782 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5783 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5784 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5785 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5786 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5787 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5788 // This is a template declaration. 5789 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5790 5791 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5792 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5793 return nullptr; 5794 5795 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5796 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5797 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5798 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5799 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5800 } 5801 } 5802 } else { 5803 assert( 5804 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5805 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5806 } 5807 5808 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5809 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5810 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5811 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5812 : SourceLocation(); 5813 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5814 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5815 IsPartialSpecialization); 5816 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5817 return nullptr; 5818 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5819 AddToScope = false; 5820 } else 5821 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5822 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5823 5824 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5825 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5826 NewTemplate = 5827 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5828 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5829 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5830 } 5831 5832 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5833 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5834 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5835 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5836 5837 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5838 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5839 if (NewTemplate) 5840 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5841 } 5842 5843 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5844 5845 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5846 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5847 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5848 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5849 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5850 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5851 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5852 5853 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5854 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5855 } 5856 5857 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5858 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5859 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5860 if (NewTemplate) 5861 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5862 5863 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5864 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5865 5866 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5867 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5868 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5869 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5870 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5871 // explicitly. 5872 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5873 // 'extern'. 5874 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5875 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5876 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5877 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5878 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5879 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5880 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5881 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5882 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5883 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5884 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5885 // error should be ignored. 5886 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5887 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5888 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5889 // to emit any code for it. 5890 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5891 } else 5892 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5893 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5894 } else 5895 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5896 } 5897 5898 // C99 6.7.4p3 5899 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5900 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5901 // thread storage duration... 5902 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5903 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5904 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5905 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5906 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5907 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5908 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5909 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5910 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5911 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5912 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5913 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5914 } 5915 } 5916 5917 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5918 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5919 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5920 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5921 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5922 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5923 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5924 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5925 << 2 5926 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5927 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5928 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5929 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5930 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5931 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5932 else { 5933 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5934 if (NewTemplate) 5935 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5936 } 5937 } 5938 5939 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5940 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5941 5942 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5943 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5944 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5945 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5946 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5947 // storage [duration]." 5948 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5949 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5950 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5951 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5952 } 5953 } 5954 5955 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5956 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5957 // check the VarDecl itself. 5958 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5959 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5960 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5961 5962 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5963 // retainable type. 5964 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5965 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5966 5967 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5968 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5969 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5970 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5971 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5972 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5973 switch (SC) { 5974 case SC_None: 5975 case SC_Auto: 5976 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5977 break; 5978 case SC_Register: 5979 // Local Named register 5980 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5981 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5982 break; 5983 case SC_Static: 5984 case SC_Extern: 5985 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5986 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5987 break; 5988 } 5989 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5990 // Global Named register 5991 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5992 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5993 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5994 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5995 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5996 } 5997 } 5998 5999 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6000 Context, Label, 0)); 6001 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty() && 6002 isDeclTUScopedExternallyVisible(NewVD)) { 6003 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6004 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6005 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6006 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6007 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6008 } 6009 } 6010 6011 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6012 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6013 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6014 6015 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6016 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6017 // declaration has linkage). 6018 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6019 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6020 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6021 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6022 6023 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6024 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6025 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6026 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6027 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6028 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6029 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6030 6031 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6032 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6033 } else { 6034 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6035 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6036 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6037 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6038 6039 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6040 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6041 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6042 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6043 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6044 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6045 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6046 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6047 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6048 Previous.clear(); 6049 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6050 } 6051 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6052 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6053 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6054 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6055 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6056 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6057 } 6058 6059 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6060 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6061 6062 if (NewTemplate) { 6063 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6064 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6065 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6066 : nullptr; 6067 6068 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6069 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6070 // template declaration. 6071 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6072 TemplateParams, 6073 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6074 : nullptr, 6075 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6076 DC->isDependentContext()) 6077 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6078 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6079 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6080 6081 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6082 // template, make a note of that. 6083 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6084 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6085 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6086 } 6087 } 6088 6089 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6090 6091 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6092 // the map of such variables. 6093 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6094 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6095 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6096 6097 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6098 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6099 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6100 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6101 Context.setManglingNumber( 6102 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6103 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6104 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6105 } 6106 } 6107 6108 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6109 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6110 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6111 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6112 } 6113 6114 if (NewTemplate) { 6115 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6116 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6117 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6118 return NewTemplate; 6119 } 6120 6121 return NewVD; 6122 } 6123 6124 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6125 /// -Wshadow. 6126 /// 6127 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6128 /// scope. 6129 /// 6130 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6131 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6132 /// 6133 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6134 // Return if warning is ignored. 6135 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6136 return; 6137 6138 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6139 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6140 return; 6141 6142 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6143 6144 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6145 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6146 return; 6147 6148 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6149 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6150 return; 6151 6152 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6153 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6154 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6155 if (MD->isStatic()) 6156 return; 6157 6158 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6159 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6160 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6161 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6162 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6163 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6164 ShadowedDecl = I; 6165 break; 6166 } 6167 } 6168 6169 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6170 6171 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6172 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6173 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6174 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6175 return; 6176 6177 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6178 // static data members from base classes? 6179 6180 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6181 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6182 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6183 } 6184 6185 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6186 unsigned Kind; 6187 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6188 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6189 Kind = 3; // field 6190 else 6191 Kind = 2; // static data member 6192 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6193 Kind = 1; // global 6194 else 6195 Kind = 0; // local 6196 6197 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6198 6199 // Emit warning and note. 6200 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6201 return; 6202 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6203 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6204 } 6205 6206 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6207 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6208 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6209 return; 6210 6211 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6212 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6213 LookupName(R, S); 6214 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6215 } 6216 6217 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6218 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6219 template<typename T> 6220 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6221 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6222 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6223 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6224 6225 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6226 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6227 // declaration. 6228 return false; 6229 } 6230 6231 if (Prev) { 6232 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6233 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6234 // redeclaration. 6235 Previous.clear(); 6236 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6237 return true; 6238 } 6239 6240 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6241 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6242 // declaration. 6243 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6244 return false; 6245 } else { 6246 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6247 // translation unit which might conflict. 6248 if (IsGlobal) { 6249 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6250 IsGlobal = false; 6251 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6252 I != E; ++I) { 6253 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6254 Prev = *I; 6255 break; 6256 } 6257 } 6258 } else { 6259 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6260 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6261 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6262 I != E; ++I) { 6263 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6264 Prev = *I; 6265 break; 6266 } 6267 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6268 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6269 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6270 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6271 // diagnostic. 6272 } 6273 } 6274 6275 if (!Prev) 6276 return false; 6277 } 6278 6279 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6280 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6281 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6282 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6283 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6284 else 6285 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6286 6287 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6288 << IsGlobal << ND; 6289 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6290 << IsGlobal; 6291 return false; 6292 } 6293 6294 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6295 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6296 /// 6297 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6298 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6299 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6300 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6301 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6302 template<typename T> 6303 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6304 LookupResult &Previous) { 6305 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6306 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6307 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6308 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6309 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6310 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6311 Previous.clear(); 6312 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6313 return true; 6314 } 6315 } 6316 return false; 6317 } 6318 6319 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6320 // declaration. 6321 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6322 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6323 6324 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6325 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6326 // in another scope. 6327 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6328 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6329 6330 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6331 return false; 6332 } 6333 6334 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6335 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6336 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6337 return; 6338 6339 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6340 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6341 6342 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6343 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6344 return; 6345 6346 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6347 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6348 6349 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6350 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6351 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6352 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6353 NewVD->setType(T); 6354 } 6355 6356 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6357 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6358 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6359 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6360 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6361 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6362 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6363 return; 6364 } 6365 6366 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6367 // __constant address space. 6368 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6369 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6370 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6371 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6372 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6373 return; 6374 } 6375 6376 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6377 // scope. 6378 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6379 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6380 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6381 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6382 return; 6383 } 6384 6385 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6386 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6387 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6388 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6389 else { 6390 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6391 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6392 } 6393 } 6394 6395 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6396 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6397 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6398 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6399 6400 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6401 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6402 bool SizeIsNegative; 6403 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6404 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6405 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6406 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6407 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6408 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6409 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6410 // int a[10][n]; 6411 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6412 6413 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6414 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6415 << SizeRange; 6416 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6417 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6418 << SizeRange; 6419 else 6420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6421 << SizeRange; 6422 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6423 return; 6424 } 6425 6426 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6427 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6428 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6429 else 6430 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6431 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6432 return; 6433 } 6434 6435 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6436 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6437 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6438 } 6439 6440 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6441 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6442 // of objects and functions. 6443 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6444 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6445 << T; 6446 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6447 return; 6448 } 6449 } 6450 6451 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6452 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6453 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6454 return; 6455 } 6456 6457 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6458 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6459 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6460 return; 6461 } 6462 6463 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6464 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6465 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6466 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6467 return; 6468 } 6469 } 6470 6471 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6472 /// declaration. 6473 /// 6474 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6475 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6476 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6477 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6478 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6479 /// 6480 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6481 /// 6482 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6483 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6484 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6485 6486 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6487 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6488 return false; 6489 6490 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6491 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6492 if (Previous.empty() && 6493 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6494 Previous.setShadowed(); 6495 6496 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6497 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewVD, Previous); 6498 6499 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6500 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6501 return true; 6502 } 6503 return false; 6504 } 6505 6506 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6507 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6508 Sema *S; 6509 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6510 }; 6511 6512 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6513 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6514 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6515 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6516 CXXBasePath &Path, 6517 void *UserData) { 6518 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6519 6520 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6521 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6522 6523 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6524 6525 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6526 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6527 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6528 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6529 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6530 6531 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6532 } 6533 6534 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6535 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6536 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6537 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6538 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6539 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6540 return true; 6541 } 6542 } 6543 6544 return false; 6545 } 6546 6547 namespace { 6548 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6549 } 6550 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6551 /// overriden methods. 6552 /// 6553 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6554 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6555 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6556 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6557 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6558 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6559 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6560 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6561 I != E; ++I) { 6562 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6563 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6564 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6565 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6566 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6567 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6568 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6569 } 6570 } 6571 6572 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6573 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6574 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6575 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6576 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6577 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6578 Data.Method = MD; 6579 Data.S = this; 6580 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6581 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6582 bool AddedAny = false; 6583 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6584 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6585 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6586 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6587 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6588 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6589 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6590 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6591 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6592 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6593 AddedAny = true; 6594 } 6595 } 6596 } 6597 } 6598 6599 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6600 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6601 } 6602 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6603 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6604 } 6605 6606 return AddedAny; 6607 } 6608 6609 namespace { 6610 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6611 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6612 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6613 Scope *S; 6614 Declarator &D; 6615 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6616 bool AddToScope; 6617 }; 6618 } 6619 6620 namespace { 6621 6622 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6623 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6624 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6625 public: 6626 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6627 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6628 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6629 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6630 6631 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6632 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6633 return false; 6634 6635 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6636 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6637 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6638 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6639 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6640 6641 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6642 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6643 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6644 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6645 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6646 return true; 6647 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6648 return true; 6649 } 6650 } 6651 } 6652 6653 return false; 6654 } 6655 6656 private: 6657 ASTContext &Context; 6658 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6659 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6660 }; 6661 6662 } 6663 6664 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6665 /// 6666 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6667 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6668 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6669 /// the same name. 6670 /// 6671 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6672 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6673 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6674 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6675 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6676 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6677 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6678 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6679 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6680 TypoCorrection Correction; 6681 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6682 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6683 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6684 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6685 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6686 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6687 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6688 6689 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6690 if (IsLocalFriend) 6691 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6692 else 6693 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6694 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6695 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6696 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6697 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6698 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6699 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6700 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6701 if (FD && 6702 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6703 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6704 // involve a parameter 6705 unsigned ParamNum = 6706 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6707 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6708 } 6709 } 6710 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6711 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6712 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6713 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6714 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6715 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6716 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6717 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6718 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6719 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6720 Previous.clear(); 6721 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6722 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6723 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6724 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6725 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6726 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6727 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6728 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6729 } 6730 } 6731 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6732 6733 NamedDecl *Result; 6734 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6735 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6736 { 6737 // Trap errors. 6738 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6739 6740 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6741 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6742 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6743 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6744 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6745 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6746 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6747 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6748 6749 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6750 Result = nullptr; 6751 } 6752 6753 if (Result) { 6754 // Determine which correction we picked. 6755 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6756 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6757 I != E; ++I) 6758 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6759 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6760 6761 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6762 Correction, 6763 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6764 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6765 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6766 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6767 return Result; 6768 } 6769 6770 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6771 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6772 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6773 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6774 Previous.clear(); 6775 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6776 } 6777 6778 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6779 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6780 6781 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6782 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6783 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6784 6785 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6786 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6787 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6788 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6789 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6790 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6791 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6792 6793 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6794 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6795 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6796 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6797 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6798 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6799 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6800 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6801 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6802 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6803 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6804 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6805 } else 6806 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6807 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6808 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6809 } 6810 return nullptr; 6811 } 6812 6813 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6814 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6815 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6816 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6817 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6818 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6819 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6820 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6821 D.setInvalidType(); 6822 break; 6823 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6824 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6825 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6826 return SC_None; 6827 return SC_Extern; 6828 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6829 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6830 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6831 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6832 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6833 // other than extern 6834 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6835 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6836 diag::err_static_block_func); 6837 break; 6838 } else 6839 return SC_Static; 6840 } 6841 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6842 } 6843 6844 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6845 return SC_None; 6846 } 6847 6848 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6849 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6850 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6851 StorageClass SC, 6852 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6853 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6854 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6855 6856 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6857 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6858 6859 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6860 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6861 // prototype. This true when: 6862 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6863 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6864 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6865 bool HasPrototype = 6866 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6867 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6868 6869 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6870 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6871 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6872 HasPrototype, false); 6873 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6874 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6875 6876 return NewFD; 6877 } 6878 6879 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6880 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6881 6882 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6883 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6884 // the class has been completely parsed. 6885 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6886 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6887 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6888 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6889 D.setInvalidType(); 6890 6891 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6892 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6893 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6894 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6895 6896 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6897 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6898 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6899 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6900 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6901 isConstexpr); 6902 6903 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6904 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6905 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6906 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6907 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6908 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6909 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6910 D.getLocStart(), 6911 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6912 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6913 6914 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6915 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6916 // it yet. 6917 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6918 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6919 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6920 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6921 } 6922 6923 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6924 return NewDD; 6925 6926 } else { 6927 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6928 D.setInvalidType(); 6929 6930 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6931 // code path. 6932 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6933 D.getLocStart(), 6934 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6935 SC, isInline, 6936 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6937 } 6938 6939 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6940 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6941 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6942 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6943 return nullptr; 6944 } 6945 6946 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6947 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6948 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6949 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6950 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6951 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6952 6953 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6954 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6955 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6956 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6957 // constructor if it has no return type). 6958 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6959 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6960 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6961 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6962 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6963 return nullptr; 6964 } 6965 6966 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6967 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6968 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6969 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6970 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6971 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6972 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6973 return Ret; 6974 } else { 6975 bool isFriend = 6976 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6977 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6978 return nullptr; 6979 6980 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6981 // prototype. This true when: 6982 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6983 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6984 D.getLocStart(), 6985 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6986 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6987 } 6988 } 6989 6990 enum OpenCLParamType { 6991 ValidKernelParam, 6992 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6993 PtrKernelParam, 6994 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6995 InvalidKernelParam, 6996 RecordKernelParam 6997 }; 6998 6999 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7000 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7001 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7002 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7003 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7004 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7005 : PtrKernelParam; 7006 } 7007 7008 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7009 // be used as builtin types. 7010 7011 if (PT->isImageType()) 7012 return PtrKernelParam; 7013 7014 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7015 return InvalidKernelParam; 7016 7017 if (PT->isEventT()) 7018 return InvalidKernelParam; 7019 7020 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7021 return InvalidKernelParam; 7022 7023 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7024 return RecordKernelParam; 7025 7026 return ValidKernelParam; 7027 } 7028 7029 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7030 Sema &S, 7031 Declarator &D, 7032 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7033 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7034 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7035 7036 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7037 // used again 7038 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7039 return; 7040 7041 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7042 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7043 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7044 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7045 // pointer to a pointer type. 7046 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7047 D.setInvalidType(); 7048 return; 7049 7050 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7051 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7052 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7053 // pointer to the private address space. 7054 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7055 D.setInvalidType(); 7056 return; 7057 7058 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7059 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7060 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7061 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7062 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7063 7064 case InvalidKernelParam: 7065 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7066 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7067 // of event_t type. 7068 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7069 D.setInvalidType(); 7070 return; 7071 7072 case PtrKernelParam: 7073 case ValidKernelParam: 7074 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7075 return; 7076 7077 case RecordKernelParam: 7078 break; 7079 } 7080 7081 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7082 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7083 7084 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7085 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7086 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7087 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7088 7089 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7090 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7091 7092 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7093 7094 do { 7095 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7096 if (!Next) { 7097 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7098 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7099 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7100 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7101 7102 continue; 7103 } 7104 7105 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7106 // field itself) to the history stack. 7107 const RecordDecl *RD; 7108 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7109 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7110 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7111 } else { 7112 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7113 } 7114 7115 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7116 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7117 7118 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7119 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7120 7121 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7122 continue; 7123 7124 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7125 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7126 continue; 7127 7128 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7129 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7130 continue; 7131 } 7132 7133 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7134 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7135 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7136 // union. 7137 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7138 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7139 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7140 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7141 << PT->isUnionType() 7142 << PT; 7143 } else { 7144 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7145 } 7146 7147 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7148 << PD->getDeclName(); 7149 7150 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7151 // the offending field came from 7152 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7153 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7154 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7155 I != E; ++I) { 7156 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7157 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7158 << OuterField->getType(); 7159 } 7160 7161 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7162 << QT->isPointerType() 7163 << QT; 7164 D.setInvalidType(); 7165 return; 7166 } 7167 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7168 } 7169 7170 NamedDecl* 7171 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7172 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7173 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7174 bool &AddToScope) { 7175 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7176 7177 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7178 7179 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7180 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7181 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7182 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7183 7184 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7185 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7186 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7187 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7188 7189 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7190 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7191 7192 bool isFriend = false; 7193 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7194 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7195 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7196 7197 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7198 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7199 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7200 7201 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7202 7203 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7204 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7205 7206 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7207 isVirtualOkay); 7208 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7209 7210 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7211 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7212 7213 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7214 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7215 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7216 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7217 7218 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7219 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7220 7221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7222 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7223 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7224 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7225 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7226 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7227 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7228 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7229 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7230 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7231 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7232 } 7233 7234 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7235 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7236 // return true). 7237 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7238 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7239 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7240 NewFD->setPure(true); 7241 7242 // C++ [class.union]p2 7243 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7244 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7245 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7246 } 7247 7248 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7249 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7250 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7251 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7252 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7253 7254 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7255 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7256 bool Invalid = false; 7257 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7258 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7259 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7260 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7261 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7262 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7263 : nullptr, 7264 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7265 Invalid)) { 7266 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7267 // This is a function template 7268 7269 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7270 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7271 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7272 7273 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7274 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7275 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7276 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7277 } 7278 7279 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7280 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7281 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7282 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7283 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7284 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7285 Invalid = true; 7286 } 7287 7288 7289 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7290 NewFD->getLocation(), 7291 Name, TemplateParams, 7292 NewFD); 7293 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7294 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7295 7296 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7297 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7298 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7299 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7300 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7301 } 7302 } else { 7303 // This is a function template specialization. 7304 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7305 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7306 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7307 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7308 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7309 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7310 7311 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7312 if (isFriend) { 7313 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7314 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7315 7316 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7317 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7318 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7319 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7320 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7321 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7322 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7323 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7324 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7325 } 7326 7327 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7328 << Name << RemoveRange 7329 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7330 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7331 } 7332 } 7333 } 7334 else { 7335 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7336 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7337 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7338 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7339 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7340 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7341 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7342 } 7343 7344 if (Invalid) { 7345 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7346 if (FunctionTemplate) 7347 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7348 } 7349 7350 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7351 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7352 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7353 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7354 // 7355 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7356 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7357 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7358 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7359 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7360 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7361 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7362 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7363 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7364 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7365 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7366 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7367 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7368 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7369 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7370 } else { 7371 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7372 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7373 } 7374 7375 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7376 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7377 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7378 } 7379 7380 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7381 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7382 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7383 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7384 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7385 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7386 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7387 // thing to do. 7388 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7389 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7390 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7391 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7392 QualType Result = 7393 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7394 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7395 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7396 } 7397 7398 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7399 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7400 // declaration. 7401 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7402 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7403 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7404 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7405 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7406 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7407 } 7408 } 7409 7410 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7411 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7412 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7413 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7414 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7415 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7416 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7417 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7418 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7419 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7420 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7421 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7422 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7423 // or conversion function. 7424 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7425 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7426 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7427 } 7428 } 7429 7430 if (isConstexpr) { 7431 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7432 // are implicitly inline. 7433 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7434 7435 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7436 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7437 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7438 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7439 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7440 } 7441 7442 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7443 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7444 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7445 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7446 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7447 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7448 << 0 7449 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7450 } else { 7451 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7452 if (FunctionTemplate) 7453 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7454 } 7455 } 7456 7457 if (isFriend) { 7458 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7459 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7460 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7461 } 7462 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7463 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7464 } 7465 7466 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7467 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7468 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7469 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7470 case FDK_Declaration: 7471 case FDK_Definition: 7472 break; 7473 7474 case FDK_Defaulted: 7475 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7476 break; 7477 7478 case FDK_Deleted: 7479 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7480 break; 7481 } 7482 7483 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7484 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7485 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7486 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7487 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7488 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7489 } 7490 7491 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7492 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7493 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7494 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7495 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7496 // the class. 7497 7498 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7499 // member function definition. 7500 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7501 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7502 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7503 } 7504 7505 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7506 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7507 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7508 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7509 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7510 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7511 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7512 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7513 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7514 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7515 } 7516 7517 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7518 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7519 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7520 isExplicitSpecialization || 7521 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7522 7523 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7524 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7525 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7526 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7527 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7528 SE->getString(), 0)); 7529 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty() && 7530 isDeclTUScopedExternallyVisible(NewFD)) { 7531 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7532 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7533 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7534 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7535 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7536 } 7537 } 7538 7539 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7540 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7541 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7542 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7543 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7544 7545 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7546 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7547 // single void argument. 7548 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7549 // already checks for that case. 7550 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7551 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7552 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7553 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7554 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7555 Params.push_back(Param); 7556 7557 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7558 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7559 } 7560 } 7561 7562 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7563 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7564 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7565 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7566 // 7567 // @code 7568 // typedef void fn(int); 7569 // fn f; 7570 // @endcode 7571 7572 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7573 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7574 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7575 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7576 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7577 Params.push_back(Param); 7578 } 7579 } else { 7580 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7581 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7582 } 7583 7584 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7585 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7586 7587 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7588 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7589 // 7590 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7591 // 7592 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7593 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7594 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7595 7596 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7597 NewFD->addAttr( 7598 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7599 Context, 0)); 7600 7601 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7602 // because all functions have linkage. 7603 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7604 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7605 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7606 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7607 } 7608 7609 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7610 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7611 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7612 NewFD->addAttr( 7613 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7614 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7615 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7616 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7617 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7618 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7619 NewFD)) 7620 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7621 } 7622 7623 // Handle attributes. 7624 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7625 7626 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7627 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7628 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7629 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7630 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7631 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7632 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7633 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7634 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7635 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7636 } 7637 } 7638 7639 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7640 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7641 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7642 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7643 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7644 7645 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7646 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7647 7648 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7649 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7650 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7651 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7652 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7653 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7654 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7655 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7656 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7657 7658 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7659 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7660 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7661 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7662 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7663 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7664 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7665 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7666 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7667 int DiagID = 7668 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7669 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7670 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7671 } 7672 } 7673 } else { 7674 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7675 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7676 // 7677 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7678 // 7679 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7680 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7681 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7682 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7683 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7684 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7685 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7686 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7687 7688 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7689 // argument list into our AST format. 7690 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7691 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7692 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7693 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7694 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7695 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7696 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7697 TemplateArgs); 7698 7699 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7700 7701 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7702 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7703 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7704 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7705 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7706 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7707 7708 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7709 } else { 7710 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7711 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7712 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7713 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7714 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7715 } 7716 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7717 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7718 // wrote something like: 7719 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7720 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7721 // friend void foo<>(int); 7722 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7723 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7724 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7725 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7726 } 7727 7728 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7729 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7730 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7731 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7732 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7733 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7734 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7735 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7736 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7737 InstantiationDependent))) { 7738 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7739 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7740 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7741 Previous)) 7742 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7743 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7744 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7745 && !isFriend) { 7746 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7747 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7748 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7749 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7750 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7751 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7752 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7753 : nullptr), 7754 Previous)) 7755 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7756 7757 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7758 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7759 // specialization (14.7.3) 7760 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7761 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7762 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7763 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7764 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7765 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7766 << SC 7767 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7768 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7769 7770 else 7771 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7772 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7773 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7774 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7775 } 7776 7777 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7778 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7779 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7780 } 7781 7782 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7783 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7784 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7785 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7786 7787 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7788 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7789 7790 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7791 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7792 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7793 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7794 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7795 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7796 } 7797 7798 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7799 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7800 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7801 7802 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7803 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7804 : NewFD); 7805 7806 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7807 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7808 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7809 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7810 7811 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7812 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7813 } 7814 7815 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7816 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7817 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7818 7819 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7820 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7821 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7822 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7823 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7824 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7825 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7826 : nullptr, 7827 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7828 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7829 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7830 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7831 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7832 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7833 DC->isDependentContext()) 7834 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7835 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7836 } 7837 7838 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7839 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7840 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7841 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7842 AddToScope }; 7843 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7844 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7845 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7846 7847 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7848 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7849 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7850 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7851 7852 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7853 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7854 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7855 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7856 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7857 // can actually do this check immediately. 7858 if (isFriend && 7859 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7860 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7861 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7862 // ignore these 7863 } else { 7864 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7865 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7866 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7867 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7868 // 7869 // class X { 7870 // void f() const; 7871 // }; 7872 // 7873 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7874 // 7875 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7876 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7877 // whether the parameter types are references). 7878 7879 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7880 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7881 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7882 return Result; 7883 } 7884 } 7885 7886 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7887 // to something. 7888 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7889 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7890 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7891 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7892 return Result; 7893 } 7894 } 7895 7896 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7897 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7898 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7899 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7900 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7901 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7902 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7903 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7904 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7905 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7906 // generate them. 7907 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7908 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7909 } 7910 } 7911 7912 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7913 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7914 7915 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7916 7917 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7918 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7919 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7920 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7921 << NewFD; 7922 7923 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7924 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7925 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7926 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7927 EPI.Variadic = true; 7928 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7929 7930 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7931 NewFD->setType(R); 7932 } 7933 7934 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7935 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7936 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7937 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7938 7939 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7940 // marking the function. 7941 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7942 7943 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7944 // a pragma. 7945 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7946 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7947 7948 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7949 // the map of such variables. 7950 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7951 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7952 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7953 7954 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7955 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7956 7957 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7958 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7959 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7960 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7961 } 7962 7963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7964 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7965 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7966 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7967 return FunctionTemplate; 7968 } 7969 } 7970 7971 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7972 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7973 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7974 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7975 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7976 D.setInvalidType(); 7977 } 7978 7979 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7980 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7981 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7982 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7983 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7984 : FixItHint()); 7985 D.setInvalidType(); 7986 } 7987 7988 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7989 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7990 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7991 } 7992 7993 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7994 7995 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7996 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7997 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7998 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7999 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8000 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8001 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8002 8003 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8004 } 8005 } 8006 8007 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8008 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8009 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8010 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8011 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8012 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8013 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8014 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8015 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8016 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8017 AddToScope = false; 8018 } 8019 8020 return NewFD; 8021 } 8022 8023 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8024 /// 8025 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8026 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8027 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8028 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8029 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8030 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8031 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8032 /// 8033 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8034 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8035 /// 8036 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8037 /// 8038 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8039 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8040 LookupResult &Previous, 8041 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8042 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8043 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8044 8045 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8046 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8047 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8048 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8049 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8050 8051 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 8052 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous); 8053 8054 bool Redeclaration = false; 8055 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8056 8057 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8058 // the same name, if appropriate. 8059 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8060 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8061 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8062 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8063 // function to the scope. 8064 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8065 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8066 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8067 Redeclaration = true; 8068 OldDecl = Candidate; 8069 } 8070 } else { 8071 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8072 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8073 case Ovl_Match: 8074 Redeclaration = true; 8075 break; 8076 8077 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8078 Redeclaration = true; 8079 break; 8080 8081 case Ovl_Overload: 8082 Redeclaration = false; 8083 break; 8084 } 8085 8086 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8087 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8088 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8089 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8090 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8091 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8092 if (Redeclaration) 8093 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8094 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8095 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8096 if (OverloadedDecl) 8097 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8098 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8099 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8100 } 8101 } 8102 } 8103 8104 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8105 if (!Redeclaration && 8106 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8107 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous); 8108 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8109 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8110 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8111 Redeclaration = true; 8112 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8113 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8114 8115 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8116 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8117 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8118 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8119 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8120 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8121 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8122 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8123 } 8124 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8125 Redeclaration = false; 8126 OldDecl = nullptr; 8127 } 8128 } 8129 } 8130 } 8131 8132 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8133 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8134 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8135 // 8136 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8137 // definition of a static member function. 8138 // 8139 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8140 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8141 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8142 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8143 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8144 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8145 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8146 if (OldDecl) 8147 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8148 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8149 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8150 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8151 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8152 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8153 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8154 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8155 8156 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8157 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8158 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8159 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8160 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8161 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8162 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8163 8164 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8165 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8166 } 8167 } 8168 } 8169 8170 if (Redeclaration) { 8171 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8172 // merged. 8173 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8174 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8175 return Redeclaration; 8176 } 8177 8178 Previous.clear(); 8179 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8180 8181 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8182 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8183 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8184 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8185 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8186 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8187 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8188 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8189 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8190 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8191 } 8192 8193 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8194 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8195 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8196 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8197 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8198 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8199 } 8200 8201 } else { 8202 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8203 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8204 8205 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8206 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8207 } 8208 } 8209 8210 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8211 8212 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8213 // C++-specific checks. 8214 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8215 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8216 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8217 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8218 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8219 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8220 8221 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8222 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8223 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8224 DeclarationName Name 8225 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8226 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8227 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8228 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8229 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8230 return Redeclaration; 8231 } 8232 } 8233 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8234 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8235 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8236 } 8237 8238 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8239 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8240 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8241 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8242 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8243 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8244 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8245 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8246 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8247 } 8248 } 8249 } 8250 8251 if (Method->isStatic()) 8252 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8253 } 8254 8255 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8256 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8257 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8258 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8259 return Redeclaration; 8260 } 8261 8262 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8263 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8264 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8265 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8266 return Redeclaration; 8267 } 8268 8269 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8270 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8271 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8272 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8273 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8274 8275 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8276 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8277 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8278 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8279 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8280 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8281 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8282 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8283 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8284 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8285 } 8286 } 8287 8288 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8289 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8290 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8291 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8292 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8293 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8294 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8295 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8296 << NewFD << R; 8297 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8298 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8299 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8300 } 8301 } 8302 return Redeclaration; 8303 } 8304 8305 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8306 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8307 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8308 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8309 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8310 // appear in a declaration of main. 8311 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8312 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8313 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8314 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8315 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8316 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8317 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8318 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8319 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8320 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8321 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8322 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8323 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8324 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8325 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8326 } 8327 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8328 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8329 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8330 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8331 } 8332 8333 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8334 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8335 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8336 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8337 return; 8338 } 8339 8340 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8341 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8342 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8343 8344 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8345 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8346 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8347 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8348 8349 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8350 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8351 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8352 else { 8353 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8354 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8355 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8356 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8357 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8358 } 8359 } else { 8360 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8361 // set the flag which tells us that. 8362 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8363 8364 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8365 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8366 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8367 else { 8368 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8369 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8370 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8371 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8372 : FixItHint()); 8373 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8374 } 8375 } 8376 8377 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8378 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8379 8380 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8381 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8382 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8383 8384 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8385 8386 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8387 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8388 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8389 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8390 } 8391 8392 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8393 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8394 // getting shifty. 8395 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8396 HasExtraParameters = false; 8397 8398 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8399 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8400 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8401 nparams = 3; 8402 } 8403 8404 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8405 // if we had some location information about types. 8406 8407 QualType CharPP = 8408 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8409 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8410 8411 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8412 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8413 8414 bool mismatch = true; 8415 8416 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8417 mismatch = false; 8418 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8419 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8420 // char const ** 8421 // char const * const * 8422 // char * const * 8423 8424 QualifierCollector qs; 8425 const PointerType* PT; 8426 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8427 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8428 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8429 Context.CharTy)) { 8430 qs.removeConst(); 8431 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8432 } 8433 } 8434 8435 if (mismatch) { 8436 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8437 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8438 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8439 } 8440 } 8441 8442 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8443 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8444 } 8445 8446 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8447 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8448 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8449 } 8450 } 8451 8452 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8453 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8454 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8455 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8456 8457 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8458 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8459 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8460 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8461 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8462 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8463 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8464 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8465 8466 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8467 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8468 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8469 } 8470 } 8471 8472 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8473 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8474 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8475 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8476 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8477 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8478 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8479 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8480 // rules there don't matter.) 8481 const Expr *Culprit; 8482 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8483 return false; 8484 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8485 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8486 return true; 8487 } 8488 8489 namespace { 8490 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8491 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8492 class SelfReferenceChecker 8493 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8494 Sema &S; 8495 Decl *OrigDecl; 8496 bool isRecordType; 8497 bool isPODType; 8498 bool isReferenceType; 8499 8500 bool isInitList; 8501 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8502 public: 8503 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8504 8505 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8506 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8507 isPODType = false; 8508 isRecordType = false; 8509 isReferenceType = false; 8510 isInitList = false; 8511 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8512 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8513 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8514 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8515 } 8516 } 8517 8518 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8519 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8520 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8521 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8522 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8523 if (!InitList) { 8524 Visit(E); 8525 return; 8526 } 8527 8528 // Track and increment the index here. 8529 isInitList = true; 8530 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8531 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8532 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8533 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8534 } 8535 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8536 } 8537 8538 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8539 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8540 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8541 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8542 Expr *Base = E; 8543 bool ReferenceField = false; 8544 8545 // Get the field memebers used. 8546 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8547 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8548 if (!FD) 8549 return false; 8550 Fields.push_back(FD); 8551 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8552 ReferenceField = true; 8553 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8554 } 8555 8556 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8557 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8558 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8559 return false; 8560 8561 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8562 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8563 return true; 8564 8565 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8566 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8567 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8568 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8569 } 8570 8571 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8572 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8573 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8574 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8575 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8576 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8577 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8578 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8579 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8580 return true; 8581 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8582 break; 8583 } 8584 8585 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8586 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8587 return true; 8588 } 8589 8590 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8591 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8592 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8593 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8594 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8595 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8596 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8597 return; 8598 } 8599 8600 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8601 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8602 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8603 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8604 return; 8605 } 8606 8607 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8608 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8609 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8610 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8611 return; 8612 } 8613 8614 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8615 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8616 return; 8617 } 8618 8619 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8620 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8621 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8622 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8623 return; 8624 } 8625 } 8626 8627 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8628 if (isInitList) { 8629 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8630 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8631 return; 8632 } 8633 8634 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8635 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8636 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8637 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8638 return; 8639 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8640 } 8641 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8642 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8643 return; 8644 } 8645 8646 Visit(E); 8647 } 8648 8649 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8650 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8651 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8652 if (isReferenceType) 8653 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8654 } 8655 8656 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8657 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8658 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8659 return; 8660 } 8661 8662 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8663 } 8664 8665 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8666 if (isInitList) { 8667 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8668 return; 8669 } 8670 8671 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8672 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8673 8674 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8675 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8676 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8677 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8678 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8679 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8680 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8681 Warn = false; 8682 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8683 } 8684 8685 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8686 if (Warn) 8687 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8688 return; 8689 } 8690 8691 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8692 // Visit that expression. 8693 Visit(Base); 8694 } 8695 8696 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8697 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8698 8699 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8700 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8701 8702 Visit(Callee); 8703 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8704 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8705 } 8706 8707 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8708 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8709 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8710 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8711 if (!isPODType) 8712 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8713 return; 8714 } 8715 8716 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8717 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8718 return; 8719 } 8720 8721 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8722 } 8723 8724 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8725 8726 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8727 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8728 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8729 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8730 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8731 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8732 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8733 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8734 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8735 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8736 return; 8737 } 8738 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8739 } 8740 8741 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8742 // Treat std::move as a use. 8743 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8744 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8745 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8746 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8747 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8748 return; 8749 } 8750 } 8751 } 8752 8753 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8754 } 8755 8756 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8757 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8758 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8759 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8760 return; 8761 } 8762 8763 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8764 } 8765 8766 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8767 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8768 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8769 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8770 Visit(E->getCond()); 8771 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8772 } 8773 8774 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8775 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8776 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8777 unsigned diag; 8778 if (isReferenceType) { 8779 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8780 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8781 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8782 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8783 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8784 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8785 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8786 } else { 8787 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8788 return; 8789 } 8790 8791 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8792 S.PDiag(diag) 8793 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8794 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8795 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8796 } 8797 }; 8798 8799 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8800 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8801 bool DirectInit) { 8802 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8803 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8804 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8805 return; 8806 8807 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8808 8809 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8810 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8811 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8812 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8813 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8814 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8815 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8816 return; 8817 8818 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8819 } 8820 } 8821 8822 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8823 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8824 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8825 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8826 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8827 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8828 // the initializer. 8829 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8830 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8831 return; 8832 } 8833 8834 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8835 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8836 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8837 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8838 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8839 return; 8840 } 8841 8842 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8843 if (!VDecl) { 8844 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8845 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8846 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8847 return; 8848 } 8849 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8850 8851 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8852 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8853 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8854 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8855 // TypoExpr. 8856 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8857 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8858 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8859 return; 8860 } 8861 8862 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8863 Init = Res.get(); 8864 if (CXXDirectInit) 8865 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8866 } 8867 8868 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8869 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8870 // contains exactly one expression. 8871 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8872 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8873 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8874 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8875 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8876 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8877 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8878 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8879 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8880 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8881 return; 8882 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8883 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8884 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8885 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8886 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8887 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8888 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8889 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8890 return; 8891 } else { 8892 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8893 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8894 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8895 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8896 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8897 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8898 } 8899 } 8900 8901 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8902 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8903 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8904 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8905 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8906 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8907 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8908 return; 8909 } 8910 Init = Result.get(); 8911 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8912 } 8913 8914 QualType DeducedType; 8915 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8916 DAR_Failed) 8917 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8918 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8919 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8920 return; 8921 } 8922 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8923 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8924 8925 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8926 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8927 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8928 8929 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8930 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8931 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8932 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8933 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8934 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8935 SourceLocation Loc = 8936 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8937 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8938 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8939 } 8940 8941 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8942 // the previously declared type. 8943 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8944 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8945 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8946 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8947 } 8948 8949 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8950 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8951 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8952 return; 8953 8954 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8955 // we implement N3922. 8956 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8957 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8958 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8959 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8960 } 8961 } 8962 8963 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8964 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8965 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8966 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8967 return; 8968 } 8969 8970 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8971 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8972 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8973 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8974 return; 8975 } 8976 8977 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8978 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8979 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8980 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8981 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8982 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8983 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8984 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8985 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8986 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8987 return; 8988 } 8989 8990 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8991 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8992 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8993 AbstractVariableType)) 8994 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8995 } 8996 8997 VarDecl *Def; 8998 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8999 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9000 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9001 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9002 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9003 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9004 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9005 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9006 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9007 } else { 9008 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9009 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9010 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9011 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9012 return; 9013 } 9014 } 9015 9016 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9017 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9018 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9019 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9020 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9021 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9022 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9023 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9024 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9025 // 9026 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9027 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9028 // declaration with an initializer. 9029 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9030 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9031 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9032 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9033 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9034 << 0; 9035 return; 9036 } 9037 9038 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9039 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9040 9041 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9042 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9043 return; 9044 } 9045 } 9046 9047 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9048 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9049 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9050 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9051 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9052 return; 9053 } 9054 9055 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9056 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9057 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9058 9059 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9060 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9061 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9062 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9063 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9064 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9065 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9066 return; 9067 } 9068 Init = Result.get(); 9069 } 9070 9071 // Perform the initialization. 9072 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9073 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9074 InitializationKind Kind 9075 = DirectInit ? 9076 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9077 Init->getLocStart(), 9078 Init->getLocEnd()) 9079 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9080 VDecl->getLocation()) 9081 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9082 Init->getLocStart()); 9083 9084 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9085 if (CXXDirectInit) 9086 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9087 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9088 9089 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9090 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9091 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9092 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9093 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9094 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9095 }); 9096 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9097 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9098 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9099 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9100 } 9101 } 9102 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9103 return; 9104 9105 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9106 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9107 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9108 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9109 return; 9110 } 9111 9112 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9113 } 9114 9115 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9116 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9117 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9118 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9119 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9120 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9121 } 9122 9123 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9124 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9125 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9126 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9127 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9128 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9129 9130 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9131 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9132 9133 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9134 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9135 9136 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9137 // Although this code can still have problems: 9138 // id x = self.weakProp; 9139 // id y = self.weakProp; 9140 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9141 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9142 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9143 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9144 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9145 Init->getLocStart())) 9146 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9147 } 9148 9149 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9150 // 9151 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9152 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9153 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9154 // 9155 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9156 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9157 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9158 // 9159 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9160 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9161 false, 9162 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9163 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9164 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9165 return; 9166 } 9167 Init = Result.get(); 9168 9169 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9170 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9171 9172 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9173 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9174 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9175 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9176 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9177 const Expr *Culprit; 9178 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9179 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9180 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9181 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9182 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9183 // constant expressions. 9184 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9185 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9186 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9187 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9188 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9189 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9190 } 9191 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9192 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9193 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9194 // 9195 // struct S { 9196 // static const int value = 17; 9197 // }; 9198 9199 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9200 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9201 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9202 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9203 // 9204 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9205 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9206 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9207 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9208 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9209 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9210 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9211 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9212 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9213 9214 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9215 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9216 9217 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9218 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9219 // type. 9220 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9221 9222 // Require constness. 9223 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9224 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9225 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9226 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9227 9228 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9229 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9230 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9231 SourceLocation Loc; 9232 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9233 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9234 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9235 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9236 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9237 ; // Nothing to check. 9238 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9239 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9240 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9241 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9242 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9243 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9244 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9245 } else { 9246 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9247 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9248 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9249 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9250 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9251 } 9252 9253 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9254 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9255 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9256 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9257 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9258 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9259 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9260 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9261 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9262 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9263 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9264 } else { 9265 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9266 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9267 9268 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9269 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9270 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9271 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9272 } 9273 } 9274 9275 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9276 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9277 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9278 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9279 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9280 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9281 9282 } else { 9283 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9284 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9285 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9286 } 9287 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9288 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9289 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9290 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9291 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9292 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9293 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9294 9295 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9296 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9297 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9298 } 9299 9300 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9301 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9302 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9303 // 9304 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9305 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9306 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9307 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9308 // special case code. 9309 9310 // C++ 8.5p11: 9311 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9312 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9313 // class type. 9314 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9315 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9316 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9317 } else if (DirectInit) { 9318 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9319 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9320 } 9321 9322 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9323 } 9324 9325 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9326 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9327 /// of sanity. 9328 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9329 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9330 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9331 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9332 9333 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9334 if (!VD) return; 9335 9336 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9337 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9338 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9339 return; 9340 } 9341 9342 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9343 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9344 9345 // Require a complete type. 9346 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9347 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9348 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9349 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9350 return; 9351 } 9352 9353 // Require a non-abstract type. 9354 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9355 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9356 AbstractVariableType)) { 9357 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9358 return; 9359 } 9360 9361 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9362 // though. 9363 } 9364 9365 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9366 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9367 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9368 if (!RealDecl) 9369 return; 9370 9371 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9372 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9373 9374 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9375 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9376 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9377 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9378 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9379 return; 9380 } 9381 9382 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9383 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9384 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9385 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9386 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9387 // member. 9388 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9389 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9390 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9391 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9392 << Var->getDeclName(); 9393 else 9394 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9395 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9396 return; 9397 } 9398 9399 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9400 // be initialized. 9401 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9402 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9403 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9404 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9405 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9406 return; 9407 } 9408 9409 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9410 case VarDecl::Definition: 9411 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9412 break; 9413 9414 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9415 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9416 // a declaration. 9417 // 9418 // Fall through 9419 9420 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9421 // It's only a declaration. 9422 9423 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9424 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9425 // object shall be complete. 9426 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9427 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9428 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9429 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9430 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9431 9432 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9433 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9434 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9435 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9436 AbstractVariableType)) 9437 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9438 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9439 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9440 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9441 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9442 } 9443 9444 return; 9445 9446 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9447 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9448 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9449 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9450 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9451 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9452 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9453 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9454 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9455 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9456 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9457 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9458 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9459 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9460 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9461 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9462 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9463 // NOTE: code such as the following 9464 // static struct s; 9465 // struct s { int a; }; 9466 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9467 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9468 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9469 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9470 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9471 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9472 } 9473 } 9474 9475 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9476 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9477 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9478 return; 9479 } 9480 9481 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9482 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9483 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9484 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9485 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9486 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9487 return; 9488 } 9489 9490 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9491 // definitions with reference type. 9492 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9493 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9494 << Var->getDeclName() 9495 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9496 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9497 return; 9498 } 9499 9500 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9501 // variable with dependent type. 9502 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9503 return; 9504 9505 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9506 return; 9507 9508 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9509 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9510 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9511 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9512 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9513 return; 9514 } 9515 } else { 9516 return; 9517 } 9518 9519 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9520 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9521 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9522 AbstractVariableType)) { 9523 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9524 return; 9525 } 9526 9527 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9528 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9529 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9530 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9531 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9532 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9533 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9534 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9535 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9536 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9538 if (const RecordType *Record 9539 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9540 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9541 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9542 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9543 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9544 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9545 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9546 } 9547 } 9548 9549 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9550 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9551 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9552 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9553 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9554 // type shall have a user-declared default 9555 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9556 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9557 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9558 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9559 // program is ill-formed. 9560 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9561 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9562 // default-initialized; [...]. 9563 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9564 InitializationKind Kind 9565 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9566 9567 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9568 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9569 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9570 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9571 else if (Init.get()) { 9572 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9573 // This is important for template substitution. 9574 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9575 } 9576 9577 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9578 } 9579 } 9580 9581 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9582 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9583 if (!VD) { 9584 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9585 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9586 return; 9587 } 9588 9589 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9590 9591 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9592 int Error = -1; 9593 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9594 case SC_None: 9595 break; 9596 case SC_Extern: 9597 Error = 0; 9598 break; 9599 case SC_Static: 9600 Error = 1; 9601 break; 9602 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9603 Error = 2; 9604 break; 9605 case SC_Auto: 9606 Error = 3; 9607 break; 9608 case SC_Register: 9609 Error = 4; 9610 break; 9611 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9612 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9613 } 9614 if (Error != -1) { 9615 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9616 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9617 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9618 } 9619 } 9620 9621 StmtResult 9622 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9623 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9624 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9625 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9626 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9627 // A range-based for statement of the form 9628 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9629 // is equivalent to 9630 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9631 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9632 9633 const char *PrevSpec; 9634 unsigned DiagID; 9635 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9636 getPrintingPolicy()); 9637 9638 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9639 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9640 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9641 9642 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9643 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9644 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9645 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9646 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9647 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9648 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9649 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9650 } 9651 9652 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9653 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9654 9655 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9656 // local retaining variable. 9657 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9658 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9659 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9660 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9661 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9662 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9663 break; 9664 9665 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9666 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9667 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9668 break; 9669 } 9670 } 9671 9672 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9673 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9674 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9675 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9676 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9677 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9678 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9679 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9680 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9681 var->getLocation())) { 9682 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9683 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9684 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9685 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9686 9687 if (!prev) 9688 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9689 } 9690 9691 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9692 const Expr *Culprit; 9693 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9694 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9695 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9696 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9697 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9698 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9699 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9700 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9701 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9702 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9703 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9704 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9705 // initialization. 9706 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9707 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9708 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9709 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9710 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9711 } 9712 9713 } 9714 9715 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9716 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9717 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9718 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9719 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9720 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9721 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9722 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9723 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9724 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9725 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9726 } else { 9727 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9728 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9729 } 9730 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9731 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9732 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9733 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9734 } 9735 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9736 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9737 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9738 9739 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9740 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9741 // attribute. 9742 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9743 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9744 CurInitSegLoc)); 9745 } 9746 9747 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9748 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9749 9750 QualType type = var->getType(); 9751 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9752 9753 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9754 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9755 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9756 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9757 9758 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9759 // constructing this copy. 9760 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9761 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9762 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9763 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9764 ExprResult result 9765 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9766 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9767 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9768 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9769 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9770 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9771 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9772 } 9773 } 9774 } 9775 9776 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9777 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9778 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9779 9780 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9781 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9782 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9783 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9784 var->getLocation())) { 9785 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9786 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9787 // warned about them. 9788 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9789 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9790 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9791 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9792 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9793 } 9794 9795 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9796 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9797 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9798 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9799 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9800 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9801 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9802 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9803 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9804 Notes.clear(); 9805 } 9806 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9807 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9808 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9809 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9810 } 9811 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9812 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9813 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9814 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9815 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9816 } 9817 } 9818 9819 // Require the destructor. 9820 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9821 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9822 } 9823 9824 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9825 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9826 void 9827 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9828 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9829 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9830 9831 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9832 if (!VD) 9833 return; 9834 9835 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9836 9837 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9838 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9839 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9840 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9841 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9842 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9843 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9844 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9845 } 9846 } 9847 } 9848 9849 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9850 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9851 9852 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9853 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9854 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9855 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9856 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9857 // with a warning. 9858 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9859 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9860 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9861 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9862 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9863 9864 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9865 IsClassTemplateMember 9866 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9867 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9868 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9869 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9870 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9871 } 9872 } 9873 9874 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9875 // isn't exported with the variable. 9876 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9877 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9878 << DLLAttr; 9879 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9880 } 9881 9882 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9883 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9884 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9885 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9886 } 9887 } 9888 9889 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9890 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9891 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9892 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9893 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9894 9895 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9896 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9897 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9898 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9899 9900 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9901 // tag values. 9902 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9903 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9904 return; 9905 9906 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9907 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9908 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9909 continue; 9910 } 9911 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9912 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9913 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9914 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9915 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9916 continue; 9917 } 9918 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9919 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9920 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9921 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9922 continue; 9923 } 9924 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9925 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9926 MagicValue, 9927 I->getMatchingCType(), 9928 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9929 I->getMustBeNull()); 9930 } 9931 } 9932 9933 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9934 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9935 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9936 9937 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9938 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9939 9940 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9941 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9942 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9943 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9944 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9945 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9946 Decls.push_back(D); 9947 } 9948 9949 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9950 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9951 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 9952 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9953 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9954 } 9955 } 9956 9957 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9958 } 9959 9960 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9961 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9962 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9963 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9964 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9965 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9966 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9967 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9968 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9969 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9970 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9971 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9972 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9973 QualType Deduced; 9974 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9975 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9976 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9977 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9978 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9979 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9980 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9981 break; 9982 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9983 if (!U.isNull()) { 9984 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9985 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9986 Deduced = U; 9987 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9988 DeducedDecl = D; 9989 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9990 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9991 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9992 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9993 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9994 << U << D->getDeclName() 9995 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9996 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9997 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9998 break; 9999 } 10000 } 10001 } 10002 } 10003 } 10004 10005 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10006 10007 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10008 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10009 } 10010 10011 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10012 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10013 } 10014 10015 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10016 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10017 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10018 return; 10019 10020 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10021 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10022 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10023 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10024 return; 10025 10026 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10027 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10028 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10029 // additional declaration references: 10030 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10031 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10032 // 'struct S *pS;' 10033 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10034 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10035 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10036 Group = Group.slice(1); 10037 } 10038 } 10039 10040 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10041 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10042 if (!Comments.empty() && 10043 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10044 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10045 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10046 // 10047 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10048 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10049 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10050 // ahead through comments. 10051 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10052 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10053 } 10054 } 10055 10056 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10057 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10058 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10059 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10060 10061 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10062 10063 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10064 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10065 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10066 SC = SC_Register; 10067 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10068 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10069 SC = SC_Auto; 10070 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10071 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10072 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10073 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10074 } 10075 10076 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10077 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10078 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10079 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10080 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10081 << 0; 10082 10083 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10084 10085 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10086 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10087 10088 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10089 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10090 // parameter. 10091 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10092 10093 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10094 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10095 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10096 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10097 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10098 } 10099 } 10100 10101 // Ensure we have a valid name 10102 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10103 if (D.hasName()) { 10104 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10105 if (!II) { 10106 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10107 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10108 D.setInvalidType(true); 10109 } 10110 } 10111 10112 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10113 if (II) { 10114 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10115 ForRedeclaration); 10116 LookupName(R, S); 10117 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10118 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10119 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10120 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10121 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10122 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10123 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10124 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10125 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10126 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10127 10128 // Recover by removing the name 10129 II = nullptr; 10130 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10131 D.setInvalidType(true); 10132 } 10133 } 10134 } 10135 10136 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10137 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10138 // looking like class members in C++. 10139 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10140 D.getLocStart(), 10141 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10142 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10143 SC); 10144 10145 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10146 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10147 10148 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10149 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10150 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10151 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10152 10153 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10154 S->AddDecl(New); 10155 if (II) 10156 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10157 10158 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10159 10160 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10161 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10162 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10163 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10164 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10165 10166 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10167 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10168 } 10169 return New; 10170 } 10171 10172 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10173 /// typedef. 10174 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10175 SourceLocation Loc, 10176 QualType T) { 10177 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10178 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10179 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10180 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10181 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10182 SC_None, nullptr); 10183 Param->setImplicit(); 10184 return Param; 10185 } 10186 10187 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10188 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10189 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10190 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10191 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10192 return; 10193 10194 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10195 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10196 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10197 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10198 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10199 } 10200 } 10201 } 10202 10203 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10204 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10205 QualType ReturnTy, 10206 NamedDecl *D) { 10207 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10208 return; 10209 10210 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10211 // threshold. 10212 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10213 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10214 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10215 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10216 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10217 } 10218 10219 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10220 // threshold. 10221 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10222 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10223 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10224 continue; 10225 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10226 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10227 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10228 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10229 } 10230 } 10231 10232 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10233 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10234 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10235 StorageClass SC) { 10236 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10237 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10238 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10239 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10240 10241 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10242 10243 // Special cases for arrays: 10244 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10245 // - otherwise, it's an error 10246 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10247 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10248 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10249 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10250 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10251 } 10252 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10253 } else { 10254 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10255 } 10256 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10257 } 10258 10259 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10260 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10261 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10262 10263 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10264 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10265 // the class has been completely parsed. 10266 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10267 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10268 AbstractParamType)) 10269 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10270 10271 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10272 // passed by reference. 10273 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10274 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10275 Diag(NameLoc, 10276 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10277 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10278 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10279 New->setType(T); 10280 } 10281 10282 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10283 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10284 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10285 // an address space. 10286 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10287 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10288 // to be qualified with an address space. 10289 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10290 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10291 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10292 } 10293 } 10294 10295 return New; 10296 } 10297 10298 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10299 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10300 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10301 10302 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10303 // for a K&R function. 10304 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10305 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10306 --i; 10307 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10308 SmallString<256> Code; 10309 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10310 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10311 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10312 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10313 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10314 10315 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10316 // type. 10317 AttributeFactory attrs; 10318 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10319 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10320 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10321 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10322 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10323 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10324 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10325 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10326 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10327 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10328 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10329 } 10330 } 10331 } 10332 } 10333 10334 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10335 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10336 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10337 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10338 10339 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10340 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10341 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10342 } 10343 10344 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10345 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10346 } 10347 10348 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10349 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10350 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10351 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10352 return false; 10353 10354 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10355 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10356 return false; 10357 10358 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10359 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10360 return false; 10361 10362 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10363 if (FD->isMain()) 10364 return false; 10365 10366 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10367 if (FD->isInlined()) 10368 return false; 10369 10370 // Don't warn about function templates. 10371 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10372 return false; 10373 10374 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10375 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10376 return false; 10377 10378 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10379 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10380 return false; 10381 10382 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10383 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10384 return false; 10385 10386 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10387 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10388 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10389 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10390 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10391 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10392 continue; 10393 10394 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10395 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10396 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10397 break; 10398 } 10399 10400 return MissingPrototype; 10401 } 10402 10403 void 10404 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10405 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10406 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10407 // was an extern inline function. 10408 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10409 if (!Definition) 10410 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10411 return; 10412 10413 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10414 return; 10415 10416 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10417 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10418 // 10419 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10420 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10421 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10422 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10423 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10424 Definition->isInlined() || 10425 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10426 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10427 return; 10428 10429 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10430 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10431 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10432 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10433 else 10434 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10435 10436 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10437 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10438 } 10439 10440 10441 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10442 Sema &S) { 10443 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10444 10445 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10446 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10447 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10448 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10449 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10450 10451 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10452 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10453 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10454 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10455 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10456 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10457 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10458 10459 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10460 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10461 10462 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10463 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10464 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10465 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10466 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10467 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10468 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10469 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10470 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10471 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10472 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10473 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10474 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10475 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10476 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10477 10478 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10479 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10480 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10481 } else { 10482 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10483 } 10484 ++I; 10485 } 10486 } 10487 10488 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10489 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10490 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10491 10492 if (!D) 10493 return D; 10494 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10495 10496 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10497 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10498 else 10499 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10500 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10501 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10502 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10503 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10504 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10505 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10506 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10507 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10508 // have the LSI properly restored. 10509 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10510 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10511 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10512 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10513 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10514 } 10515 else 10516 // Enter a new function scope 10517 PushFunctionScope(); 10518 10519 // See if this is a redefinition. 10520 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10521 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10522 10523 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10524 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10525 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10526 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10527 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10528 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10529 } 10530 } 10531 10532 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10533 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10534 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10535 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10536 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10537 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10538 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10539 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10540 10541 if (FnBodyScope) 10542 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10543 10544 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10545 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10546 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10547 10548 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10549 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10550 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10551 10552 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10553 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10554 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10555 10556 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10557 } 10558 } 10559 10560 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10561 // introduce them into the function scope. 10562 if (FnBodyScope) { 10563 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10564 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10565 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10566 I != E; ++I) { 10567 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10568 10569 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10570 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10571 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10572 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10573 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10574 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10575 if (DI == D) { 10576 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10577 break; 10578 } 10579 } 10580 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10581 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10582 } 10583 10584 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10585 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10586 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10587 10588 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10589 // accessible in this scope. 10590 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10591 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10592 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10593 } 10594 } 10595 } 10596 10597 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10598 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10599 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10600 10601 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10602 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10603 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10604 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10605 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10606 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10607 return D; 10608 } 10609 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10610 // a function template). 10611 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10612 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10613 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10614 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10615 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10616 10617 return D; 10618 } 10619 10620 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10621 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10622 /// optimization. 10623 /// 10624 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10625 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10626 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10627 /// use the named return value optimization. 10628 /// 10629 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10630 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10631 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10632 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10633 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10634 10635 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10636 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10637 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10638 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10639 } 10640 } 10641 } 10642 10643 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10644 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10645 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10646 return false; 10647 10648 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10649 // return type (yet). 10650 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10651 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10652 // we can still delay parsing it. 10653 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10654 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10655 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10656 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10657 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10658 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10659 } 10660 } 10661 return false; 10662 } 10663 10664 return true; 10665 } 10666 10667 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10668 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10669 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10670 // rest of the file. 10671 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10672 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10673 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10674 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10675 return false; 10676 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10677 } 10678 10679 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10680 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10681 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10682 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10683 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10684 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10685 } 10686 10687 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10688 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10689 } 10690 10691 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10692 bool IsInstantiation) { 10693 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10694 10695 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10696 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10697 10698 if (FD) { 10699 FD->setBody(Body); 10700 10701 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10702 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10703 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10704 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10705 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10706 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10707 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10708 << FD->getReturnType(); 10709 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10710 } else { 10711 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10712 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10713 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10714 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10715 } 10716 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10717 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10718 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10719 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10720 10721 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10722 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10723 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10724 QualType RetType = 10725 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10726 10727 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10728 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10729 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10730 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10731 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10732 } 10733 } 10734 10735 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10736 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10737 // is the first declaration. 10738 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10739 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10740 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10741 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10742 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10743 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10744 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10745 } 10746 10747 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10748 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10749 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10750 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10751 10752 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10753 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10754 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10756 10757 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10758 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10759 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10760 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10761 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10762 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10763 10764 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10765 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10766 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10767 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10768 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10769 10770 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10771 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10772 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10773 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10774 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10775 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10776 } 10777 10778 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10779 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10780 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10781 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10782 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10783 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10784 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10785 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10786 10787 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10788 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10789 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10790 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10791 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10792 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10793 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10794 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10795 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10796 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10797 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10798 } 10799 } 10800 } 10801 10802 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10803 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10804 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10805 MD->isVirtual() && 10806 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10807 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10808 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10809 if (FD->isInlined() && 10810 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10811 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10812 10813 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10814 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10815 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10816 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10817 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10818 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10819 } else { 10820 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10821 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10822 } 10823 } 10824 } 10825 10826 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10827 "Function parsing confused"); 10828 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10829 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10830 MD->setBody(Body); 10831 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10832 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10833 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10834 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10835 10836 if (Body) 10837 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10838 } 10839 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10840 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10841 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10842 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10843 } 10844 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10845 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10846 bool isDesignated = 10847 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10848 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10849 (void)isDesignated; 10850 10851 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10852 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10853 if (!IFace) 10854 return false; 10855 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10856 if (!SuperD) 10857 return false; 10858 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10859 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10860 }; 10861 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10862 // of NSObject. 10863 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10864 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10865 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10866 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10867 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10868 } 10869 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10870 } 10871 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10872 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10873 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10874 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10875 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10876 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10877 } 10878 } else { 10879 return nullptr; 10880 } 10881 10882 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10883 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10884 "handled in the block above."); 10885 10886 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10887 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10888 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10889 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10890 // Verify this. 10891 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10892 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10893 10894 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10895 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10896 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10897 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10898 10899 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10900 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10901 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10902 10903 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10904 Destructor->getParent()); 10905 } 10906 10907 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10908 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10909 // deletion in some later function. 10910 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10911 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10912 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10913 } 10914 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10915 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10916 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10917 // enabled. 10918 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10919 } 10920 10921 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10922 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10923 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10924 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10925 10926 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10927 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10928 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10929 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10930 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10931 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10932 break; 10933 } 10934 } 10935 } 10936 10937 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 10938 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 10939 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10940 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10941 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10942 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10943 } 10944 10945 if (!IsInstantiation) 10946 PopDeclContext(); 10947 10948 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10949 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10950 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10951 // deletion in some later function. 10952 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10953 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10954 } 10955 10956 return dcl; 10957 } 10958 10959 10960 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10961 /// relevant Decl. 10962 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10963 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10964 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10965 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10966 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10967 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10968 10969 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10970 if (Method->isStatic()) 10971 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10972 } 10973 10974 10975 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10976 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10977 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10978 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10979 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10980 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10981 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10982 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10983 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10984 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10985 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10986 return ExternCPrev; 10987 } 10988 10989 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10990 unsigned diag_id; 10991 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10992 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10993 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10994 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10995 else 10996 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10997 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10998 10999 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11000 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11001 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11002 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11003 if (S && 11004 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11005 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11006 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11007 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11008 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11009 } 11010 11011 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11012 const char *Dummy; 11013 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11014 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11015 unsigned DiagID; 11016 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11017 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11018 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11019 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11020 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11021 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11022 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11023 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11024 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11025 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11026 /*NumParams=*/0, 11027 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11028 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11029 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11030 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11031 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11032 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11033 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11034 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11035 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11036 EST_None, 11037 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 11038 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11039 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11040 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11041 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11042 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11043 Loc, Loc, D), 11044 DS.getAttributes(), 11045 SourceLocation()); 11046 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11047 11048 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11049 11050 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11051 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11052 11053 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11054 FD->setImplicit(); 11055 11056 CurContext = PrevDC; 11057 11058 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11059 11060 return FD; 11061 } 11062 11063 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11064 /// the declaration of this function. 11065 /// 11066 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11067 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11068 /// like NSLog or printf. 11069 /// 11070 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11071 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11072 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11073 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11074 return; 11075 11076 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11077 // actual attributes. 11078 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11079 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11080 unsigned FormatIdx; 11081 bool HasVAListArg; 11082 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11083 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11084 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11085 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11086 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11087 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11088 fmt = "NSString"; 11089 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11090 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11091 FormatIdx+1, 11092 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11093 FD->getLocation())); 11094 } 11095 } 11096 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11097 HasVAListArg)) { 11098 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11099 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11100 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11101 FormatIdx+1, 11102 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11103 FD->getLocation())); 11104 } 11105 11106 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11107 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11108 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11109 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11110 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11111 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11112 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11113 } 11114 11115 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11116 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11117 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11118 FD->getLocation())); 11119 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11120 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11121 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11122 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11123 } 11124 11125 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11126 if (!Name) 11127 return; 11128 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11129 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11130 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11131 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11132 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11133 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11134 // about. 11135 } else 11136 return; 11137 11138 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11139 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11140 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11141 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11142 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11143 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11144 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11145 FD->getLocation())); 11146 } 11147 11148 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11149 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11150 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11151 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11152 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11153 FD->getLocation())); 11154 } 11155 } 11156 11157 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11158 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11159 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11160 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11161 11162 if (!TInfo) { 11163 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11164 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11165 } 11166 11167 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11168 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11169 D.getLocStart(), 11170 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11171 D.getIdentifier(), 11172 TInfo); 11173 11174 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11175 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11176 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11177 return NewTD; 11178 } 11179 11180 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11181 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11182 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11183 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11184 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11185 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11186 else 11187 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11188 } 11189 11190 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11191 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11192 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11193 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11194 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11195 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11196 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11197 case TST_enum: 11198 case TST_struct: 11199 case TST_interface: 11200 case TST_union: 11201 case TST_class: { 11202 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11203 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11204 break; 11205 } 11206 11207 default: 11208 break; 11209 } 11210 11211 return NewTD; 11212 } 11213 11214 11215 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11216 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11217 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11218 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11219 11220 if (T->isDependentType()) 11221 return false; 11222 11223 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11224 if (BT->isInteger()) 11225 return false; 11226 11227 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11228 return true; 11229 } 11230 11231 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11232 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11233 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11234 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11235 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11236 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11237 11238 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11239 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11240 << Prev->isScoped(); 11241 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11242 return true; 11243 } 11244 11245 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11246 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11247 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11248 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11249 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11250 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11251 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11252 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11253 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11254 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11255 return true; 11256 } 11257 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11258 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11259 << Prev->isFixed(); 11260 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11261 return true; 11262 } 11263 11264 return false; 11265 } 11266 11267 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11268 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11269 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11270 /// 11271 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11272 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11273 switch (Tag) { 11274 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11275 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11276 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11277 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11278 } 11279 } 11280 11281 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11282 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11283 /// 11284 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11285 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11286 { 11287 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11288 } 11289 11290 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11291 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11292 /// 11293 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11294 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11295 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11296 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11297 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 11298 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11299 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11300 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11301 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11302 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11303 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11304 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11305 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11306 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11307 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11308 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11309 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11310 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11311 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11312 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11313 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11314 return true; 11315 11316 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11317 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11318 bool isTemplate = false; 11319 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11320 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11321 11322 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11323 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11324 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11325 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11326 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11327 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11328 return true; 11329 } 11330 11331 if (isDefinition) { 11332 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11333 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11334 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11335 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11336 return true; 11337 } 11338 11339 bool previousMismatch = false; 11340 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11341 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11342 if (!previousMismatch) { 11343 previousMismatch = true; 11344 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11345 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11346 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11347 } 11348 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11349 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11350 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11351 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11352 } 11353 } 11354 return true; 11355 } 11356 11357 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11358 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11359 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11360 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11361 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11362 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11363 return true; 11364 } 11365 11366 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11367 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11368 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11369 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11370 11371 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11372 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11373 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11374 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11375 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11376 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11377 } 11378 11379 return true; 11380 } 11381 return false; 11382 } 11383 11384 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11385 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11386 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11387 /// namespace N { 11388 /// struct X; 11389 /// namespace M { 11390 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11391 /// } 11392 /// } 11393 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11394 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11395 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11396 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11397 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11398 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11399 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11400 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11401 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11402 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11403 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11404 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11405 return FixItHint(); 11406 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11407 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11408 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11409 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11410 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11411 break; 11412 } 11413 11414 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11415 // build an NNS. 11416 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11417 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11418 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11419 OS << "::"; 11420 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11421 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11422 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11423 OS.flush(); 11424 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11425 } 11426 11427 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11428 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11429 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11430 /// using-declaration). 11431 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11432 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11433 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11434 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11435 11436 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11437 return true; 11438 11439 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11440 // encloses the other). 11441 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11442 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11443 return true; 11444 11445 return false; 11446 } 11447 11448 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11449 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11450 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11451 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11452 /// 11453 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11454 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11455 /// 11456 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11457 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11458 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11459 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11460 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11461 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11462 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11463 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11464 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11465 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11466 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11467 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11468 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11469 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11470 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11471 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11472 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11473 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11474 11475 OwnedDecl = false; 11476 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11477 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11478 11479 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11480 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11481 bool Invalid = false; 11482 11483 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11484 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11485 // for non-C++ cases. 11486 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11487 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11488 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11489 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11490 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11491 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11492 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11493 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11494 return nullptr; 11495 } 11496 11497 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11498 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11499 // be a member of another template). 11500 11501 if (Invalid) 11502 return nullptr; 11503 11504 OwnedDecl = false; 11505 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11506 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11507 TemplateParams, AS, 11508 ModulePrivateLoc, 11509 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11510 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11511 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11512 SkipBody); 11513 return Result.get(); 11514 } else { 11515 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11516 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11517 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11518 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11519 } 11520 } 11521 } 11522 11523 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11524 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11525 // redeclaration. 11526 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11527 11528 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11529 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11530 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11531 // type, default to int. 11532 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11533 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11534 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11535 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11536 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11537 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11538 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11539 11540 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11541 // Recover by falling back to int. 11542 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11543 11544 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11545 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11546 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11547 11548 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11549 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11550 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11551 } 11552 11553 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11554 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11555 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11556 11557 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11558 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11559 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11560 11561 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11562 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11563 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11564 11565 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11566 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11567 Name = nullptr; 11568 goto CreateNewDecl; 11569 } 11570 11571 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11572 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11573 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11574 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11575 if (!DC) { 11576 IsDependent = true; 11577 return nullptr; 11578 } 11579 } else { 11580 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11581 if (!DC) { 11582 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11583 << SS.getRange(); 11584 return nullptr; 11585 } 11586 } 11587 11588 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11589 return nullptr; 11590 11591 SearchDC = DC; 11592 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11593 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11594 11595 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11596 return nullptr; 11597 11598 if (Previous.empty()) { 11599 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11600 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11601 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11602 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11603 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11604 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11605 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11606 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11607 IsDependent = true; 11608 return nullptr; 11609 } 11610 11611 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11612 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11613 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11614 Name = nullptr; 11615 Invalid = true; 11616 goto CreateNewDecl; 11617 } 11618 } else if (Name) { 11619 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11620 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11621 // name different from T: 11622 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11623 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11624 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11625 return nullptr; 11626 11627 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11628 // declaration or definition. 11629 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11630 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11631 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11632 LookupName(Previous, S); 11633 11634 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11635 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11636 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11637 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11638 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11639 while (F.hasNext()) { 11640 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11641 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11642 F.erase(); 11643 } 11644 F.done(); 11645 } 11646 11647 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11648 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11649 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11650 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11651 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11652 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11653 // 11654 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11655 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11656 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11657 // 11658 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11659 // semantic context? 11660 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11661 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11662 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11663 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11664 while (F.hasNext()) { 11665 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11666 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11667 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11668 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11669 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11670 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11671 else 11672 F.erase(); 11673 } 11674 } 11675 F.done(); 11676 11677 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11678 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11679 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11680 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11681 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11682 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11683 } 11684 } 11685 11686 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11687 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11688 return nullptr; 11689 11690 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11691 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11692 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11693 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11694 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11695 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11696 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11697 } 11698 } 11699 11700 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11701 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11702 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11703 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11704 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11705 Previous.clear(); 11706 } 11707 11708 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11709 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11710 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11711 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11712 11713 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11714 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11715 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11716 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11717 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11718 } 11719 } 11720 11721 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11722 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11723 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11724 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11725 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11726 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11727 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11728 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11729 11730 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11731 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11732 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11733 // 11734 // class-key identifier 11735 // 11736 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11737 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11738 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11739 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11740 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11741 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11742 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11743 // declaration. 11744 // 11745 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11746 // C structs and unions. 11747 // 11748 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11749 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11750 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11751 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11752 // 11753 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11754 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11755 // 11756 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11757 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11758 // lexical context, 11759 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11760 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11761 11762 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11763 while (S->isClassScope() || 11764 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11765 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11766 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11767 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11768 S = S->getParent(); 11769 } else { 11770 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11771 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11772 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11773 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11774 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11775 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11776 } 11777 11778 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11779 // diagnose some problems. 11780 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11781 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11782 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11783 } 11784 } 11785 11786 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11787 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11788 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11789 11790 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11791 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11792 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11793 11794 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11795 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11796 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11797 // in C++. 11798 // 11799 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11800 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11801 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11802 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11804 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11805 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11806 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11807 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11808 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11809 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11810 PrevDecl = Tag; 11811 Previous.clear(); 11812 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11813 Previous.resolveKind(); 11814 } 11815 } 11816 } 11817 } 11818 11819 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11820 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11821 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11822 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11823 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11824 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11825 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11826 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11827 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11828 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11829 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11830 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11831 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11832 << 0; 11833 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11834 Previous.clear(); 11835 goto CreateNewDecl; 11836 } 11837 } 11838 11839 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11840 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11841 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11842 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11843 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11844 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11845 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11846 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11847 // struct or something similar. 11848 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11849 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11850 *Name)) { 11851 bool SafeToContinue 11852 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11853 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11854 if (SafeToContinue) 11855 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11856 << Name 11857 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11858 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11859 else 11860 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11861 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11862 11863 if (SafeToContinue) 11864 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11865 else { 11866 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11867 Name = nullptr; 11868 Previous.clear(); 11869 Invalid = true; 11870 } 11871 } 11872 11873 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11874 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11875 11876 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11877 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11878 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11879 if (ScopedEnum) 11880 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11881 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11882 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11883 return PrevTagDecl; 11884 } 11885 11886 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11887 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11888 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11889 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11890 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11891 11892 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11893 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11894 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11895 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11896 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11897 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11898 } 11899 11900 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11901 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11902 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11903 // and then later defined. 11904 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11905 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11906 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11907 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11908 } 11909 11910 if (!Invalid) { 11911 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11912 // we have attributes. 11913 11914 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11915 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11916 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11917 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11918 if (!Attr && 11919 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11920 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11921 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11922 return PrevTagDecl; 11923 11924 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11925 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11926 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11927 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11928 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11929 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11930 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11931 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11932 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11933 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11934 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11935 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11936 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11937 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11938 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11939 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11940 } 11941 11942 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 11943 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11944 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 11945 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 11946 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 11947 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 11948 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 11949 // use it in place of this one. 11950 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11951 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 11952 return Def; 11953 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11954 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11955 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11956 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11957 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11958 else 11959 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11960 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11961 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11962 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11963 // references get the previous definition. 11964 Name = nullptr; 11965 Previous.clear(); 11966 Invalid = true; 11967 } 11968 } else { 11969 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11970 // about a nested redefinition. 11971 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 11972 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 11973 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11974 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11975 diag::note_previous_definition); 11976 Name = nullptr; 11977 Previous.clear(); 11978 Invalid = true; 11979 } 11980 } 11981 11982 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11983 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11984 } 11985 11986 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11987 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11988 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11989 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11990 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11991 AS = AS_none; 11992 } 11993 } 11994 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11995 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11996 11997 } else { 11998 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11999 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12000 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12001 // have distinct types. 12002 Previous.clear(); 12003 } 12004 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12005 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12006 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12007 12008 12009 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12010 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12011 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12012 } else { 12013 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12014 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12015 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12016 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12017 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12018 unsigned Kind = 0; 12019 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12020 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12021 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12022 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12023 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12024 Invalid = true; 12025 12026 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12027 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12028 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12029 // do nothing 12030 12031 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12032 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12033 unsigned Kind = 0; 12034 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12035 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12036 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12037 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12038 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12039 Invalid = true; 12040 12041 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12042 // case here. 12043 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12044 unsigned Kind = 0; 12045 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12046 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12047 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12048 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12049 Invalid = true; 12050 12051 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12052 } else { 12053 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12054 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12055 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12056 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12057 Name = nullptr; 12058 Invalid = true; 12059 } 12060 12061 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12062 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12063 Previous.clear(); 12064 } 12065 } 12066 12067 CreateNewDecl: 12068 12069 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12070 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12071 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12072 12073 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12074 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12075 // keyword. 12076 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12077 12078 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12079 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12080 // PrevDecl. 12081 TagDecl *New; 12082 12083 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12084 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12085 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12086 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12087 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12088 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12089 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12090 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12091 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12092 TagDecl *Def; 12093 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12094 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12095 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12096 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12097 } 12098 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12099 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12100 << New; 12101 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12102 } else { 12103 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12104 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12105 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12106 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12107 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12108 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12109 12110 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12111 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12112 // the declaration context. 12113 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12114 IsForwardReference = true; 12115 } 12116 } 12117 12118 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12119 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12120 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12121 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12122 else 12123 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12124 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12125 } 12126 12127 } else { 12128 // struct/union/class 12129 12130 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12131 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12133 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12134 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12135 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12136 12137 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12138 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12139 } else 12140 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12141 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12142 } 12143 12144 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12145 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12146 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12147 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12148 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12149 Invalid = true; 12150 } 12151 12152 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12153 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12154 if (SS.isSet()) { 12155 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12156 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12157 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12158 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12159 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12160 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12161 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12162 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12163 Invalid = true; 12164 12165 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12166 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12167 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 12168 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 12169 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 12170 } 12171 } 12172 else 12173 Invalid = true; 12174 } 12175 12176 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12177 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12178 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12179 // 12180 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12181 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12182 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12183 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12184 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12185 // parsing of the struct). 12186 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12187 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12188 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12189 } 12190 } 12191 12192 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12193 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12194 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12195 << 2 12196 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12197 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12198 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12199 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12200 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12201 New->setModulePrivate(); 12202 } 12203 12204 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12205 // check the specialization. 12206 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12207 Invalid = true; 12208 12209 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12210 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12211 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12212 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12213 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12214 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12215 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12216 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12217 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12218 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12219 << Name; 12220 Invalid = true; 12221 } 12222 } else { 12223 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12224 } 12225 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12226 } 12227 12228 if (Invalid) 12229 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12230 12231 if (Attr) 12232 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12233 12234 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12235 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12236 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12237 12238 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12239 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12240 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12241 // the tag name visible. 12242 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12243 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12244 12245 // Set the access specifier. 12246 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12247 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12248 12249 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12250 New->startDefinition(); 12251 12252 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12253 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12254 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12255 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12256 if (PrevDecl) 12257 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12258 12259 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12260 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12261 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12262 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12263 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12264 } else if (Name) { 12265 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12266 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12267 if (IsForwardReference) 12268 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12269 12270 } else { 12271 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12272 } 12273 12274 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12275 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12276 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12277 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12278 II->isStr("FILE")) 12279 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12280 12281 if (PrevDecl) 12282 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12283 12284 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12285 // record. 12286 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12287 12288 OwnedDecl = true; 12289 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12290 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12291 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12292 } 12293 12294 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12295 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12296 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12297 12298 // Enter the tag context. 12299 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12300 12301 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12302 12303 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12304 // record. 12305 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12306 } 12307 12308 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12309 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12310 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12311 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12312 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12313 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12314 CurContext = OCD; 12315 return IDecl; 12316 } 12317 12318 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12319 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12320 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12321 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12322 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12323 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12324 12325 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12326 12327 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12328 return; 12329 12330 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12331 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12332 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12333 12334 // C++ [class]p2: 12335 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12336 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12337 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12338 // as if it were a public member name. 12339 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12340 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12341 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12342 Record->getIdentifier(), 12343 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12344 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12345 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12346 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12347 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12348 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12349 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12350 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12351 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12352 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12353 } 12354 12355 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12356 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12357 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12358 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12359 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12360 12361 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12362 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12363 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12364 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12365 RD->completeDefinition(); 12366 } 12367 12368 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12369 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12370 12371 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12372 PopDeclContext(); 12373 12374 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12375 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12376 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12377 12378 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12379 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12380 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12381 } 12382 12383 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12384 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12385 PopDeclContext(); 12386 } 12387 12388 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12389 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12390 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12391 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12392 } 12393 12394 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12395 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12396 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12397 } 12398 12399 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12400 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12401 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12402 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12403 12404 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12405 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12406 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12407 RD->completeDefinition(); 12408 } 12409 12410 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12411 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12412 // the FieldCollector. 12413 12414 PopDeclContext(); 12415 } 12416 12417 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12418 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12419 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12420 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12421 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12422 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12423 if (ZeroWidth) 12424 *ZeroWidth = true; 12425 12426 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12427 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12428 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12429 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12430 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12431 return ExprError(); 12432 if (FieldName) 12433 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12434 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12435 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12436 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12437 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12438 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12439 return ExprError(); 12440 12441 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12442 // it now. 12443 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12444 return BitWidth; 12445 12446 llvm::APSInt Value; 12447 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12448 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12449 return ICE; 12450 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12451 12452 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12453 *ZeroWidth = false; 12454 12455 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12456 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12457 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12458 12459 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12460 if (FieldName) 12461 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12462 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12463 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12464 << Value.toString(10); 12465 } 12466 12467 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12468 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12469 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12470 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12471 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12472 if (FieldName) 12473 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12474 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12475 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12476 12477 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12478 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12479 } 12480 12481 if (FieldName) 12482 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12483 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12484 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12485 else 12486 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12487 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12488 } 12489 } 12490 12491 return BitWidth; 12492 } 12493 12494 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12495 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12496 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12497 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12498 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12499 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12500 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12501 return Res; 12502 } 12503 12504 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12505 /// 12506 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12507 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12508 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12509 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12510 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12511 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12512 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12513 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12514 12515 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12516 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12517 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12518 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12519 12520 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12521 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12522 D.setInvalidType(); 12523 T = Context.IntTy; 12524 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12525 } 12526 } 12527 12528 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12529 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12530 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12531 D.setInvalidType(); 12532 } 12533 12534 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12535 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12536 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12537 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12538 D.setInvalidType(); 12539 } 12540 12541 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12542 12543 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12544 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12545 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12546 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12547 12548 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12549 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12550 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12551 LookupName(Previous, S); 12552 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12553 case LookupResult::Found: 12554 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12555 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12556 break; 12557 12558 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12559 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12560 break; 12561 12562 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12563 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12564 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12565 break; 12566 } 12567 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12568 12569 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12570 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12571 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12572 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12573 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12574 } 12575 12576 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12577 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12578 12579 bool Mutable 12580 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12581 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12582 FieldDecl *NewFD 12583 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12584 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12585 12586 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12587 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12588 12589 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12590 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12591 12592 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12593 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12594 // with the same name in the same scope. 12595 } else if (II) { 12596 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12597 } else 12598 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12599 12600 return NewFD; 12601 } 12602 12603 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12604 /// 12605 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12606 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12607 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12608 /// created. 12609 /// 12610 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12611 /// 12612 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12613 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12614 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12615 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12616 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12617 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12618 SourceLocation TSSL, 12619 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12620 Declarator *D) { 12621 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12622 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12623 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12624 12625 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12626 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12627 if (T.isNull()) { 12628 InvalidDecl = true; 12629 T = Context.IntTy; 12630 } 12631 12632 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12633 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12634 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12635 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12636 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12637 InvalidDecl = true; 12638 } else { 12639 NamedDecl *Def; 12640 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12641 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12642 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12643 InvalidDecl = true; 12644 } 12645 } 12646 } 12647 12648 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12649 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12651 InvalidDecl = true; 12652 } 12653 12654 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12655 // than a variably modified type. 12656 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12657 bool SizeIsNegative; 12658 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12659 12660 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12661 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12662 SizeIsNegative, 12663 Oversized); 12664 if (FixedTInfo) { 12665 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12666 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12667 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12668 } else { 12669 if (SizeIsNegative) 12670 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12671 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12672 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12673 << Oversized.toString(10); 12674 else 12675 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12676 InvalidDecl = true; 12677 } 12678 } 12679 12680 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12681 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12682 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12683 AbstractFieldType)) 12684 InvalidDecl = true; 12685 12686 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12687 if (InvalidDecl) 12688 BitWidth = nullptr; 12689 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12690 if (BitWidth) { 12691 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12692 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12693 if (!BitWidth) { 12694 InvalidDecl = true; 12695 BitWidth = nullptr; 12696 ZeroWidth = false; 12697 } 12698 } 12699 12700 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12701 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12702 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12703 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12704 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12705 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12706 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12707 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12708 12709 if (DiagID) { 12710 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12711 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12712 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12713 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12714 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12715 Mutable = false; 12716 InvalidDecl = true; 12717 } 12718 } 12719 } 12720 12721 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12722 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12723 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12724 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12725 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12726 12727 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12728 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12729 if (InvalidDecl) 12730 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12731 12732 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12733 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12734 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12735 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12736 } 12737 12738 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12739 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12740 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12741 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12742 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12743 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12744 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12745 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12746 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12747 // objects. 12748 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12749 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12750 } 12751 } 12752 12753 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12754 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12755 // enabled. 12756 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12757 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12758 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12759 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12760 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12761 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12762 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12763 } 12764 } 12765 } 12766 12767 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12768 // representation, not a parser representation. 12769 if (D) { 12770 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12771 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12772 12773 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12774 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12775 } 12776 12777 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12778 // retainable type. 12779 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12780 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12781 12782 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12783 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12784 12785 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12786 return NewFD; 12787 } 12788 12789 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12790 assert(FD); 12791 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12792 12793 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12794 return false; 12795 12796 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12797 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12798 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12799 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12800 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12801 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12802 // copy constructors. 12803 12804 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12805 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12806 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12807 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12808 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12809 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12810 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12811 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12812 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12813 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12814 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12815 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12816 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12817 member = CXXDestructor; 12818 12819 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12820 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12821 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12822 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12823 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12824 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12825 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12826 // members unavailable. 12827 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12828 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12829 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12830 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12831 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12832 Loc)); 12833 return false; 12834 } 12835 } 12836 12837 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12838 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12839 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12840 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12841 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12842 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12843 } 12844 } 12845 } 12846 12847 return false; 12848 } 12849 12850 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12851 /// AST enum value. 12852 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12853 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12854 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12855 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12856 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12857 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12858 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12859 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12860 } 12861 } 12862 12863 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12864 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12865 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12866 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12867 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12868 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12869 12870 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12871 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12872 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12873 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12874 12875 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12876 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12877 12878 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12879 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12880 12881 if (BitWidth) { 12882 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12883 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12884 if (!BitWidth) 12885 D.setInvalidType(); 12886 } else { 12887 // Not a bitfield. 12888 12889 // validate II. 12890 12891 } 12892 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12893 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12894 D.setInvalidType(); 12895 } 12896 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12897 // than a variably modified type. 12898 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12899 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12900 D.setInvalidType(); 12901 } 12902 12903 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12904 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12905 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12906 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12907 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12908 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12909 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12910 return nullptr; 12911 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12912 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12913 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12914 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12915 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12916 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12917 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12918 } 12919 else 12920 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12921 } else { 12922 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12923 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12924 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12925 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12926 return nullptr; 12927 } 12928 } 12929 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12930 } 12931 12932 // Construct the decl. 12933 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12934 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12935 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12936 12937 if (II) { 12938 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12939 ForRedeclaration); 12940 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12941 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12942 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12943 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12944 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12945 } 12946 } 12947 12948 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12949 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12950 12951 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12952 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12953 12954 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12955 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12956 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12957 12958 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12959 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12960 12961 if (II) { 12962 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12963 // these to the interface. 12964 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12965 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12966 } 12967 12968 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12969 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12970 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12971 12972 return NewID; 12973 } 12974 12975 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12976 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12977 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12978 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12979 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12980 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12981 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12982 return; 12983 12984 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12985 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12986 12987 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12988 return; 12989 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12990 if (!ID) { 12991 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12992 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12993 return; 12994 } 12995 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12996 else 12997 return; 12998 } 12999 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13000 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13001 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13002 13003 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13004 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13005 Context.CharTy, 13006 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13007 DeclLoc), 13008 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13009 true); 13010 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13011 } 13012 13013 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13014 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13015 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13016 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13017 13018 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13019 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13020 // it will now change. 13021 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13022 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13023 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13024 default: break; 13025 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13026 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13027 break; 13028 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13029 Context. 13030 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13031 break; 13032 } 13033 } 13034 13035 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13036 13037 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13038 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13039 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13040 if (Record) { 13041 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13042 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13043 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13044 ++NumNamedMembers; 13045 } 13046 } 13047 13048 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13049 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13050 13051 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13052 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13053 i != end; ++i) { 13054 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13055 13056 // Get the type for the field. 13057 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13058 13059 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13060 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13061 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13062 } 13063 13064 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13065 // diagnostics about it. 13066 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13067 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13068 continue; 13069 } 13070 13071 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13072 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13073 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13074 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13075 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13076 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13077 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13078 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13079 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13080 // array. 13081 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13082 // Field declared as a function. 13083 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13084 << FD->getDeclName(); 13085 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13086 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13087 continue; 13088 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13089 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13090 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13091 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13092 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13093 // Flexible array member. 13094 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13095 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13096 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13097 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13098 if (Record->isUnion()) 13099 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13100 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13101 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13102 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13103 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13104 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13105 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13106 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13107 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13108 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13109 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13110 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13111 : 0; 13112 13113 if (DiagID) 13114 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13115 << Record->getTagKind(); 13116 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13117 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13118 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13119 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13120 // of the type. 13121 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13122 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13123 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13124 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13125 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13126 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13127 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13128 13129 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13130 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13131 // 13132 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13133 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13134 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13135 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13136 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13137 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13138 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13139 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13140 continue; 13141 } 13142 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13143 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13144 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13145 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13146 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13147 // Incomplete type 13148 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13149 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13150 continue; 13151 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13152 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13153 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13154 // flexible array member. 13155 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13156 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13157 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13158 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13159 // structures. 13160 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13161 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13162 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13163 else { 13164 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13165 // other structs as an extension. 13166 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13167 << FD->getDeclName(); 13168 } 13169 } 13170 } 13171 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13172 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13173 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13174 AbstractIvarType)) { 13175 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13176 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13177 } 13178 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13179 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13180 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13181 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13182 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13183 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13184 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13185 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13186 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13187 FD->setType(T); 13188 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13189 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13190 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13191 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13192 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13193 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13194 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13195 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13196 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13197 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13198 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13199 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13200 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13201 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13202 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13203 loc)); 13204 } 13205 } else { 13206 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13207 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13208 } 13209 ARCErrReported = true; 13210 } 13211 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13212 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13213 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13214 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13215 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13216 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13217 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13218 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13219 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13220 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13221 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13222 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13223 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13224 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13225 } 13226 } 13227 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13228 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13229 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13230 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13231 ++NumNamedMembers; 13232 } 13233 13234 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13235 if (Record) { 13236 bool Completed = false; 13237 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13238 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13239 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13240 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13241 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13242 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13243 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13244 13245 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13246 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13247 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13249 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13250 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13251 } 13252 13253 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13254 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13255 13256 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13257 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13258 // problem now. 13259 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13260 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13261 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13262 13263 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13264 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13265 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13266 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13267 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13268 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13269 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13270 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13271 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13272 continue; 13273 13274 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13275 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13276 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13277 // program is ill-formed. 13278 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13279 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13280 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13281 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13282 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13283 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13284 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13285 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13286 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13287 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13288 13289 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13290 } 13291 } 13292 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13293 Completed = true; 13294 } 13295 } 13296 } 13297 } 13298 13299 if (!Completed) 13300 Record->completeDefinition(); 13301 13302 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13303 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13304 13305 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13306 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13307 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13308 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13309 } 13310 13311 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13312 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13313 // compatibility problems. 13314 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13316 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13317 } else { 13318 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13319 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13320 CheckForZeroSize = 13321 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13322 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13323 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13324 } 13325 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13326 bool ZeroSize = true; 13327 bool IsEmpty = true; 13328 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13329 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13330 E = Record->field_end(); 13331 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13332 IsEmpty = false; 13333 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13334 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13335 ZeroSize = false; 13336 } else { 13337 ++NonBitFields; 13338 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13339 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13340 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13341 ZeroSize = false; 13342 } 13343 } 13344 13345 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13346 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13347 // extern "C" block. 13348 if (ZeroSize) { 13349 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13350 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13351 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13352 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13353 } 13354 13355 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13356 // but are accepted by GCC. 13357 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13358 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13359 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13360 << Record->isUnion(); 13361 } 13362 } 13363 } else { 13364 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13365 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13366 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13367 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13368 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13369 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13370 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13371 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13372 } 13373 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13374 // duplicates. 13375 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13376 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13377 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13378 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13379 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13380 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13381 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13382 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13383 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13384 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13385 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13386 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13387 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13388 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13389 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13390 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13391 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13392 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13393 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13394 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13395 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13396 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13397 if (IDecl) { 13398 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13399 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13400 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13401 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13402 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13403 continue; 13404 } 13405 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13406 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13407 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13408 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13409 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13410 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13411 continue; 13412 } 13413 } 13414 } 13415 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13416 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13417 } 13418 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13419 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13420 } 13421 } 13422 13423 if (Attr) 13424 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13425 } 13426 13427 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13428 /// the given type T. 13429 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13430 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13431 QualType T) { 13432 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13433 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13434 13435 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13436 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13437 --BitWidth; 13438 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13439 } 13440 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13441 } 13442 13443 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13444 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13445 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13446 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13447 // enum checking below. 13448 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13449 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13450 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13451 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13452 }; 13453 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13454 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13455 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13456 }; 13457 13458 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13459 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13460 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13461 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13462 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13463 return Types[I]; 13464 13465 return QualType(); 13466 } 13467 13468 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13469 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13470 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13471 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13472 Expr *Val) { 13473 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13474 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13475 QualType EltTy; 13476 13477 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13478 Val = nullptr; 13479 13480 if (Val) 13481 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13482 13483 if (Val) { 13484 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13485 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13486 else { 13487 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13488 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13489 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13490 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13491 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13492 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13493 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13494 ExprResult Converted = 13495 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13496 CCEK_Enumerator); 13497 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13498 Val = nullptr; 13499 else 13500 Val = Converted.get(); 13501 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13502 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13503 &EnumVal).get())) { 13504 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13505 } else { 13506 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13507 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13508 13509 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13510 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13511 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13512 // expression checking. 13513 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13514 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13515 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13516 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13517 } else 13518 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13519 } else 13520 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13521 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13522 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13523 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13524 // is the type of its initializing value: 13525 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13526 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13527 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13528 } else { 13529 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13530 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13531 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13532 // representable as an int. 13533 13534 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13535 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13536 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13537 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13538 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13539 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13540 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13541 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13542 } 13543 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13544 } 13545 } 13546 } 13547 } 13548 13549 if (!Val) { 13550 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13551 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13552 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13553 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13554 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13555 // is the type of its initializing value: 13556 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13557 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13558 // 13559 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13560 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13561 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13562 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13563 } 13564 else { 13565 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13566 } 13567 } else { 13568 // Assign the last value + 1. 13569 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13570 ++EnumVal; 13571 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13572 13573 // Check for overflow on increment. 13574 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13575 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13576 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13577 // is the type of its initializing value: 13578 // 13579 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13580 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13581 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13582 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13583 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13584 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13585 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13586 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13587 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13588 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13589 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13590 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13591 ++EnumVal; 13592 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13593 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13594 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13595 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13596 << EltTy; 13597 else 13598 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13599 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13600 } else { 13601 EltTy = T; 13602 } 13603 13604 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13605 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13606 // value, then increment. 13607 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13608 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13609 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13610 ++EnumVal; 13611 13612 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13613 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13614 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13615 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13616 // integral type. 13617 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13618 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13619 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13620 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13621 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13622 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13623 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13624 } 13625 } 13626 } 13627 13628 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13629 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13630 // enumerator's type. 13631 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13632 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13633 } 13634 13635 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13636 Val, EnumVal); 13637 } 13638 13639 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13640 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13641 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13642 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13643 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13644 13645 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13646 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13647 // skip the body. 13648 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13649 ForRedeclaration); 13650 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13651 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13652 if (PrevECD && 13653 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13654 &Hidden)) { 13655 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13656 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13657 return Skip; 13658 } 13659 13660 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13661 } 13662 13663 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13664 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13665 AttributeList *Attr, 13666 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13667 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13668 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13669 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13670 13671 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13672 // we find one that is. 13673 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13674 13675 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13676 // scope. 13677 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13678 ForRedeclaration); 13679 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13680 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13681 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13682 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13683 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13684 } 13685 13686 if (PrevDecl) { 13687 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13688 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13689 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13690 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13691 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13692 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13693 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13694 else 13695 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13696 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13697 return nullptr; 13698 } 13699 } 13700 13701 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13702 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13703 // different from T: 13704 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13705 // enumerated type 13706 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13707 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13708 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13709 13710 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13711 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13712 13713 if (New) { 13714 // Process attributes. 13715 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13716 13717 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13718 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13719 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13720 } 13721 13722 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13723 13724 return New; 13725 } 13726 13727 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13728 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13729 // Element2 = Element1 13730 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13731 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13732 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13733 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13734 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13735 if (!InitExpr) 13736 return true; 13737 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13738 13739 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13740 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13741 return true; 13742 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13743 if (!IL) 13744 return true; 13745 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13746 return true; 13747 13748 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13749 } 13750 13751 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13752 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13753 if (!DRE) 13754 return true; 13755 13756 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13757 if (!EnumConstant) 13758 return true; 13759 13760 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13761 Enum) 13762 return true; 13763 13764 return false; 13765 } 13766 13767 struct DupKey { 13768 int64_t val; 13769 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13770 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13771 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13772 }; 13773 13774 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13775 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13776 false); 13777 } 13778 13779 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13780 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13781 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13782 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13783 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13784 } 13785 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13786 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13787 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13788 } 13789 }; 13790 13791 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13792 // a previous element has already been set to. 13793 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13794 EnumDecl *Enum, 13795 QualType EnumType) { 13796 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13797 return; 13798 // Avoid anonymous enums 13799 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13800 return; 13801 13802 // Only check for small enums. 13803 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13804 return; 13805 13806 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13807 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13808 13809 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13810 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13811 ValueToVectorMap; 13812 13813 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13814 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13815 13816 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13817 // an initialier. 13818 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13819 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13820 13821 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13822 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13823 if (!ECD) { 13824 return; 13825 } 13826 13827 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13828 continue; 13829 13830 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13831 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13832 13833 // First time encountering this value. 13834 if (Entry.isNull()) 13835 Entry = ECD; 13836 } 13837 13838 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13839 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13840 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13841 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13842 continue; 13843 13844 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13845 13846 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13847 if (Entry.isNull()) 13848 continue; 13849 13850 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13851 // Ensure constants are different. 13852 if (D == ECD) 13853 continue; 13854 13855 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13856 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13857 Vec->push_back(D); 13858 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13859 13860 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13861 Entry = Vec; 13862 13863 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13864 // diagnostics. 13865 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13866 continue; 13867 } 13868 13869 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13870 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13871 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13872 continue; 13873 13874 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13875 } 13876 13877 // Emit diagnostics. 13878 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13879 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13880 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13881 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13882 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13883 13884 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13885 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13886 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13887 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13888 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13889 ++I; 13890 13891 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13892 // the same value. 13893 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13894 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13895 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13896 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13897 delete Vec; 13898 } 13899 } 13900 13901 bool 13902 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13903 bool AllowMask) const { 13904 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13905 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13906 13907 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13908 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13909 13910 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13911 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13912 13913 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13914 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13915 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13916 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13917 // 13918 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13919 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13920 // likely a logic error. 13921 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13922 return true; 13923 13924 if (AllowMask) { 13925 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13926 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13927 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13928 // benefit of the doubt. 13929 // 13930 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13931 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13932 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13933 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13934 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13935 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13936 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13937 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13938 return true; 13939 } 13940 13941 return false; 13942 } 13943 13944 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13945 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13946 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13947 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13948 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13949 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13950 13951 if (Attr) 13952 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13953 13954 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13955 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13956 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13957 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13958 if (!ECD) continue; 13959 13960 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13961 } 13962 13963 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13964 return; 13965 } 13966 13967 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13968 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13969 // emit a warning. 13970 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13971 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13972 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13973 13974 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13975 // reverse the list. 13976 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13977 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13978 13979 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13980 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13981 13982 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13983 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13984 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13985 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13986 13987 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13988 13989 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13990 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13991 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13992 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13993 else 13994 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13995 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13996 13997 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13998 if (AllElementsInt) 13999 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14000 } 14001 14002 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14003 QualType BestType; 14004 unsigned BestWidth; 14005 14006 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14007 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14008 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14009 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14010 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14011 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14012 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14013 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14014 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14015 QualType BestPromotionType; 14016 14017 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14018 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14019 // enum definitions. 14020 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14021 Packed = true; 14022 14023 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14024 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14025 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14026 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14027 else 14028 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14029 14030 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14031 } 14032 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14033 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14034 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14035 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14036 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14037 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14038 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14039 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14040 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14041 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14042 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14043 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14044 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14045 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14046 } else { 14047 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14048 14049 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14050 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14051 } else { 14052 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14053 14054 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14055 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14056 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14057 } 14058 } 14059 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14060 } else { 14061 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14062 // all of the enumerator values. 14063 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14064 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14065 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14066 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14067 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14068 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14069 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14070 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14071 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14072 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14073 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14074 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14075 BestPromotionType 14076 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14077 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14078 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14079 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14080 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14081 BestPromotionType 14082 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14083 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14084 } else { 14085 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14086 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14087 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14088 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14089 BestPromotionType 14090 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14091 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14092 } 14093 } 14094 14095 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14096 if (FEAttr) 14097 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 14098 14099 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14100 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 14101 // FlagBits cache. 14102 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14103 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14104 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14105 14106 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14107 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14108 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14109 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14110 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14111 14112 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14113 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14114 14115 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14116 // the enum decl type. 14117 QualType NewTy; 14118 unsigned NewWidth; 14119 bool NewSign; 14120 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14121 !Enum->isFixed() && 14122 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14123 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14124 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14125 NewSign = true; 14126 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14127 // Already the right type! 14128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14129 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14130 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14131 // enumeration. 14132 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14133 goto flagbits; 14134 } else { 14135 NewTy = BestType; 14136 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14137 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14138 } 14139 14140 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14141 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14142 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14143 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14144 14145 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14146 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14147 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14148 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14149 CK_IntegralCast, 14150 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14151 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14152 VK_RValue)); 14153 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14154 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14155 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14156 // enumeration. 14157 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14158 else 14159 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14160 14161 flagbits: 14162 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 14163 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 14164 if (FEAttr) { 14165 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 14166 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 14167 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 14168 } 14169 } 14170 } 14171 14172 if (FEAttr) { 14173 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14174 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14175 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14176 14177 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14178 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14179 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14180 << ECD << Enum; 14181 } 14182 } 14183 14184 14185 14186 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14187 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14188 14189 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14190 14191 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14192 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14193 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14194 } 14195 14196 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14197 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14198 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14199 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14200 14201 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14202 AsmString, StartLoc, 14203 EndLoc); 14204 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14205 return New; 14206 } 14207 14208 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14209 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14210 DeclContext *DC) { 14211 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14212 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14213 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14214 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14215 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14216 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14217 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14218 return; 14219 } 14220 break; 14221 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14222 break; 14223 } 14224 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14225 } 14226 14227 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14228 DC = DC->getParent(); 14229 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14230 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14231 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14232 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14233 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14234 << DC; 14235 } 14236 } 14237 14238 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14239 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14240 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14241 Module *Mod = 14242 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14243 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14244 if (!Mod) 14245 return true; 14246 14247 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14248 14249 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14250 14251 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14252 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14253 // silently ignoring the import. 14254 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14255 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14256 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14257 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14258 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14259 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14260 14261 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14262 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14263 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14264 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14265 // We need the length to be consistent. 14266 if (!ModCheck) 14267 break; 14268 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14269 14270 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14271 } 14272 14273 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14274 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14275 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14276 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14277 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14278 return Import; 14279 } 14280 14281 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14282 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14283 14284 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14285 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14286 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14287 // 14288 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14289 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14290 TUKind == TU_Module && 14291 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14292 14293 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14294 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14295 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14296 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14297 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14298 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14299 DirectiveLoc); 14300 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14301 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14302 } 14303 14304 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14305 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14306 } 14307 14308 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14309 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14310 14311 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14312 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14313 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14314 } 14315 14316 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14317 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14318 14319 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14320 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14321 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14322 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14323 } 14324 } 14325 14326 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14327 Module *Mod) { 14328 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14329 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14330 return; 14331 14332 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14333 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14334 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14335 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14336 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14337 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14338 14339 // Make the module visible. 14340 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14341 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14342 } 14343 14344 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14345 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14346 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14347 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14348 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14349 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14350 LookupOrdinaryName); 14351 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14352 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14353 14354 // If a declaration that: 14355 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14356 // 2) has external linkage 14357 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14358 if (PrevDecl && 14359 (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14360 PrevDecl->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 14361 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14362 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14363 else 14364 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14365 } 14366 14367 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14368 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14369 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14370 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14371 14372 if (PrevDecl) { 14373 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14374 } else { 14375 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14376 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14377 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14378 } 14379 } 14380 14381 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14382 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14383 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14384 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14385 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14386 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14387 LookupOrdinaryName); 14388 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14389 14390 if (PrevDecl) { 14391 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14392 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14393 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14394 } else { 14395 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14396 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14397 } 14398 } 14399 14400 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14401 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14402 } 14403 14404 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14405 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14406 if (!D) 14407 return AR_Available; 14408 14409 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14410 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14411 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14412 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14413 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14414 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14415 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14416 if (R != AR_Available) 14417 return R; 14418 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14419 } 14420 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14421 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14422 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14423 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14424 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14425 } 14426 // Recover from user error. 14427 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14428 } 14429